Dr. Fayez Abed from Al Awda Hospital in northern Gaza shares a harrowing account of the conditions faced by patients and medical staff under the ongoing threat of bombings. On October 20, 2023, we had spoken with the director of the hospital, Dr. Ahmed Muhanna. Since his abduction on December 17, 2023 by Israeli occupation forces, no information about his fate has been available.

Interview with Lode Vanoost

On October 20, 2023, we managed a live WhatsApp call with Dr. Ahmed Muhanna, director of Al Awda Hospital in northern Gaza. Despite poor sound and video quality, the communication worked (you can watch our conversation on the second video of this article).  

Two months later, on 17 December 2023, Dr. Muhanna was abducted by Israeli occupation forces. Since then, there has been no information about his fate, health, or whereabouts. Several other medical colleagues have also been abducted, some of whom died under suspicious circumstances after severe torture, while others were tortured and later released. Their situation remains as uncertain as Dr. Muhanna’s. 

One year later, direct conversations are no longer possible due to the destruction of transmission antennas and communication equipment by the occupation forces. Dr. Fayez Abed, who continues working at Al Awda Hospital, communicates minimally via his mobile phone near an open window—which is life-threatening because of Israeli sniper fire targeting anyone visible.  

.

Photo shows Drs. Muhanna and Abed caring for an infant and staff mourning three colleagues executed by occupation forces.  

.

The interview was conducted in phases: questions were sent via WhatsApp, and Dr. Abed responded in brief text messages in Spanish, a language he learned while studying medicine in Cuba. His answers were compiled and translated.

Concerns About Dr. Ahmed Muhanna  

There are many reasons to worry about the abducted Dr. Ahmed Muhanna. Is he still alive? If so, in what conditions is he being held? What is his health status? We asked Dr. Abed for an update on this and the current situation at Al Awda Hospital.  

Dr. Fayez Abed:

“There has been no official information about Dr. Ahmed Muhanna since his abduction on 17 December  2023.”  

Dr. Abed describes critical shortages:

“Al Awda Hospital faces a series of problems, the most critical being the lack of medicines, medical supplies, food, and fuel for the generator, as well as insufficient medical staff. Despite repeated pleas from the Red Cross and the World Health Organization sourced from the hospital administration, the occupation forces have refused to coordinate the delivery of basic necessities during more than 41 days of siege.”  

.

The staff bids farewell to three colleagues executed by the occupying army

.

Regarding electricity: “We only use the generator for life-saving surgeries.”  

All departments are overcrowded.

“For the first time, Al Awda Hospital has placed extra beds in hallways. We have around 56 patients with companions and receive 70 to 150 patients daily in reception and emergency, most of whom are women and children. Some require admission for emergency surgeries.”  

Interview with doctor Ahmed Muhanna on October 20, 2023 (11:29, English, no subtitles)

Staff Shortages: 

Dr. Abed reports:

“We have one surgeon performing life-saving procedures, four obstetricians handling emergency gynecological operations, three emergency physicians, and two anesthesiologists. Including all staff—doctors, nurses, and support services—we have 69 employees. This is only 45% of the original 157 health personnel before October 7, 2023.”  

.

A wounded child does not give up hope 

.

“The occupation forces repeatedly threatened us with evacuating the hospital, but we refused and remained steadfast amid bombings and sniper fire to save what remains of our people in northern Gaza.”  

.

A seriously injured child is carried in

.

The Belgian NGO Viva Salud supports Al Awda Hospital and three other healthcare facilities in Gaza through projects recognized by Belgium’s Ministry of Development Cooperation.  

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: C-section with flashlight on the head (doctor Fayez Abed). All photos: Al Awda

A House committee report revealed the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ $900 million “We Can Do This” COVID campaign was flawed and claimed COVID shots prevented transmission despite FDA stating there was no such evidence

CDC’s shifting mask guidelines and reversals on recommendations damaged public trust, with changes appearing politically motivated rather than based on scientific evidence

The government aggressively promoted COVID shots for children despite low risk levels, using emotional manipulation and fear-based messaging through the Fors Marsh Group PR firm

Clinical trial studies showed significant bias in measuring COVID shot effectiveness, with case-counting window bias making ineffective shots appear 50% to 70% effective

Pfizer and Moderna vaccine trials revealed higher risks of serious adverse events than initially reported, with Pfizer showing 36% higher risk compared to placebo groups

*

The U.S. House of Representatives Energy and Commerce committee released an assessment of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ (HHS) COVID-19 public health campaign, revealing it was fraught with miscalculations that set the stage for widespread public distrust.1

In December 2020, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) to the first COVID-19 shots, yet these authorizations clearly stated there was no evidence the shots prevented viral transmission. Despite this, the administration launched the “We Can Do This” Campaign, spending over $900 million to promote vaccine uptake and public health measures.

However, foundational issues plagued the campaign from the beginning. Past contracts and fiscal mismanagement within HHS raised red flags about the effectiveness and integrity of their public relations efforts. As the campaign aimed to shape public behavior around masking, social distancing and vaccination, the reliance on flawed Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) guidance undermined its credibility.

By allowing CDC recommendations to drive public messaging, the administration sowed confusion and mistrust. These early failures were not isolated incidents but part of a broader pattern of inconsistent and politically influenced public health strategies that ultimately eroded the very trust needed to effectively manage a public health crisis.

Shifting Mask Guidelines Undermined Public Trust

Initially, masks were deemed unnecessary for the general public, with prominent figures like Dr. Anthony Fauci advocating against their widespread use. However, by April 2020, the CDC had completely reversed its stance, recommending masks for everyone outside the home. This flip-flop was not just confusing but also seemed politically motivated, influenced by factors such as teachers’ unions pushing for prolonged school closures.2

The subsequent inconsistent messaging continued, with masks being recommended, then downplayed again as the shots rolled out. Each reversal rightfully fostered skepticism and resistance, while undermining the credibility of public health institutions. This erosion of trust was further exacerbated when breakthrough infections and variants like Delta emerged, proving that earlier mask guidance had been incorrect.

Overstating COVID-19 Shot Efficacy — A Critical Misstep

When COVID-19 shots were introduced, Americans were told to believe they were not only preventing illness but also halting the virus’ transmission. However, this narrative quickly unraveled, as there was no evidence that vaccines prevented transmission. Despite this, the CDC and the “We Can Do This” campaign promoted the idea that only vaccinated individuals could safely forego masks and social distancing.

This overstated efficacy became a significant issue as breakthrough infections began to rise, especially with the emergence of more transmissible variants like Delta. The administration’s insistence that vaccines stopped transmission contradicted the FDA’s original EUA terms and created a false sense of security.

When real-world data began to show that vaccinated individuals could still spread the virus, the CDC was forced to retract and revise its messaging, further damaging its credibility. This disconnect between official statements and emerging evidence betrayed the public’s trust.

Meanwhile, the report highlights how vaccine mandates became a contentious tool in the government’s strategy to control the pandemic.3 You saw federal, state and private employers enforcing COVID-19 shot requirements, often without clear, evidence-based justification. These shot mandates targeted millions, demonstrating the extent of overreach and coercion.

The resignation of top FDA officials over booster shot policies underscored the internal conflict and raised questions about the government’s motives. Even vaccine proponents like Dr. Paul Offit criticized the mandates as politically driven rather than grounded in solid public health needs. The mandates disproportionately affected younger populations who were already at lower risk of severe illness and represented an infringement on personal autonomy.

Targeting Children with Fearmongering and Misinformation

One of the most alarming aspects of the COVID-19 response was the aggressive push to vaccinate children, despite mounting evidence that COVID-19 posed minimal risk to this age group.4

The CDC and HHS launched extensive campaigns targeting parents, using emotionally charged messaging to persuade them to get COVID-19 injections for their young children. Ads featuring celebrity parents and medical professionals painted a dire picture of COVID-19’s impact on children, despite studies showing that severe illness and death in this demographic were exceedingly rare.5

By emphasizing the need for COVID-19 shots to keep schools open and protect community health, the government leveraged fear and misinformation to drive vaccine uptake. This approach not only misrepresented the actual risk but also disregarded the developmental and social impacts of prolonged masking and school closures on children.

Parents were left feeling manipulated, as the narrative suggested that vaccination was the only way to ensure their children’s safety, ignoring the broader context of low transmission and minimal severe outcomes in young populations, along with the unknown side effects of the experimental shots.

The Fors Marsh Group Was Hired to Orchestrate the Propaganda Campaign

Behind the scenes of the HHS’ public health messaging was the Fors Marsh Group (FMG), a PR firm contracted to manage the “We Can Do This” campaign. Engaging FMG, HHS aimed to craft a nationwide multimedia propaganda effort to shape public perception and behavior regarding COVID-19.6

FMG deployed a strategic mix of paid and earned media, leveraging influencers, celebrities and targeted advertisements to promote vaccination, mask-wearing and social distancing. This partnership raised significant concerns about the politicization of public health messaging. Past contracts with FMG had already been scrutinized for fiscal mismanagement, and this massive investment in a single campaign further highlighted conflicts of interest and inefficiencies.

FMG’s approach relied heavily on emotional manipulation and fearmongering, often overstating the risks of COVID-19 to justify stringent public health measures. By prioritizing persuasive messaging over transparent, evidence-based communication, FMG and HHS effectively prioritized political agendas over scientific integrity.

This collaboration not only amplified mixed messages but also deepened public distrust as the true motives behind the campaign became increasingly opaque. The use of a private PR firm to drive national health policies exemplified a troubling shift toward prioritizing image over substance, undermining the credibility of public health institutions tasked with presenting accurate information.

Data Manipulation Included Overcounting Deaths

The final blow to public trust came when the CDC admitted to overcounting COVID-19 deaths due to a faulty algorithm.7 This admission affected all age groups, including children, and exposed significant flaws in the data tracking system. The recalculation led to a 24% decrease in reported pediatric deaths, revealing that the initial numbers had been significantly inflated.

This revelation shattered any remaining credibility the CDC had, as it became clear that the pandemic response was built on inaccurate data. The CDC’s admission that 80% of reported errors exaggerated the severity of the COVID-19 situation further eroded trust. This manipulation of data undermined the entire public health narrative.

Overall, the report underscores a troubling pattern of inconsistent messaging, overstated claims and data mismanagement by key public health authorities during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Clinical Trial Bias Inflated COVID-19 Shot Effectiveness

Based on a study published in the Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice, case-counting window bias dramatically distorted COVID-19 shot effectiveness estimates.8 In randomized controlled trials (RCTs), both vaccine and placebo groups have synchronized case-counting windows, ensuring a fair comparison. However, in real-world observational studies, this window often applies only to the vaccinated group.

This asymmetry means that cases occurring shortly after vaccination in the unvaccinated group are counted, while similar cases in the vaccinated group are excluded. Consequently, an entirely ineffective vaccine could misleadingly appear to have substantial effectiveness — sometimes showing 50% to 70% efficacy when, in reality, the vaccine has zero effectiveness.9

This bias arises because the early post-vaccination period, when individuals are not yet fully protected, is treated differently between groups. Understanding this flaw is crucial for interpreting vaccine effectiveness accurately and recognizing that observational studies may overstate the true benefits of vaccination due to methodological inconsistencies.

The study also highlighted the impact of age bias on COVID-19 effectiveness estimates. In observational studies, vaccinated individuals are often older and may be less healthy than their unvaccinated counterparts because vaccines were prioritized for those at higher risk. This imbalance skews results, making vaccines appear more effective than they truly are.

The study also sheds light on background infection rate bias, which significantly misrepresents the true impact of vaccines. During periods when overall COVID-19 infection rates are declining, vaccinated individuals may appear to have lower infection rates simply because they received the injection during a peak period.

Conversely, if infection rates rise, unvaccinated individuals might show higher rates not necessarily due to lack of protection but because they were exposed during a surge. This temporal mismatch creates a misleading picture of COVID-19 shot effectiveness. For instance, a decline in cases might be attributed to vaccination when, in fact, it could be due to other factors like natural immunity.

COVID Shot Safety Overstated in Observational Studies

A separate study published in the Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice further revealed how adverse effect counting windows significantly distorted the perceived safety of COVID-19 shots in observational studies.10 This study highlights that methodological flaws, such as limited counting windows, lead to an underestimation of shot-related adverse events.

For instance, by excluding adverse effects occurring within the first two weeks post-shot, observational studies overlook critical data points, including severe reactions like anaphylaxis. This exclusion creates a skewed safety profile, making the shots appear safer than they actually are.

Moreover, the study points out that even when considering longer follow-up periods, the reliance on unsolicited adverse event reporting misses subtle yet significant health impacts. As a result, the true risk associated with vaccines, especially serious conditions like myocarditis, remains obscured. Myocarditis, an inflammation of the heart muscle, was linked to mRNA vaccines, especially in young males.

Within just three weeks post-vaccination, there was a noticeable uptick in myocarditis cases among this demographic. However, due to the limited adverse effect counting windows in both observational studies and clinical trials, many of these cases went unreported or were misclassified. Furthermore, rapid unblinding of trials compromises the ability to monitor long-term safety outcomes, leaving many important questions unanswered.

Excess Serious Adverse Events in Pfizer and Moderna Shot Trials

Research published in the journal Vaccine also uncovered alarming discrepancies in the safety profiles of Pfizer and Moderna mRNA COVID-19 shots.11 The analysis revealed that both shots were associated with an excess risk of serious adverse events of special interest (AESIs) compared to their placebo groups.

Specifically, Pfizer’s shot showed a 36% higher risk of serious adverse events, translating to 18 additional events per 10,000 vaccinated individuals. Moderna’s vaccine exhibited a 6% higher risk, equating to seven additional events per 10,000. When combined, the mRNA vaccines presented a 16% higher risk of serious AESIs, with a risk difference of 13.2 per 10,000 vaccinated participants.

These findings are particularly concerning because they show the shots carry more serious risks than initially reported. There was also a stark contrast between its findings and the FDA’s official safety reviews. While the study identified a significant excess risk of serious adverse events in the Pfizer trial, the FDA concluded that serious adverse events were “balanced between treatment groups.”12

This discrepancy arises primarily from differences in data analysis methodologies. The FDA focused on the incidence of participants experiencing any serious adverse event, effectively masking the higher number of multiple adverse events in the shot group. In contrast, the study accounted for the total number of adverse events, revealing a more nuanced and concerning risk profile.

In short, the official narratives provided by regulatory bodies did not fully capture the true extent of shot-related risks.13

Government-Sponsored Disinformation Amplified COVID-19 Spread

Other research published in Social Science & Medicine unveiled the profound impact of government-sponsored disinformation on the severity of respiratory infection epidemics, including COVID-19.14 The research analyzed data from 149 countries between 2001 and 2020, revealing a significant positive association between disinformation campaigns and the incidence of respiratory infections.

Specifically, countries with higher levels of government-driven misinformation experienced more severe outbreaks of COVID-19. This correlation underscores how deliberate dissemination of false information seriously undermines public health efforts, leading to increased transmission rates and higher case numbers.

The study also highlights the detrimental effects of internet censorship on the reporting and management of respiratory infections. Governments that actively censor information limit the public’s access to accurate health data,15 worsening outcomes as occurred during the pandemic. As Dr. Robert Malone put it, “Both the background summary and the study findings are prophetic, and almost completely aligned with the Energy and Commerce committee report.”16

The Path Forward — Ensuring Transparency and Trust in Public Health

It’s evident that the COVID-19 public health campaign was fraught with hidden dangers and systemic challenges. In the aftermath of these revelations, the need to advocate for transparency, accountability and evidence-based policies is clear. Only by addressing these foundational issues will we ensure more effective responses in future health emergencies.

The lessons learned from these failures should drive a fundamental rethinking of how public health campaigns are managed and communicated, prioritizing scientific data over propaganda to better serve and protect the public.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Notes

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 U.S. House of Representatives, We Can Do This: An Assessment of the Department of Health and Human Services’ COVID-19 Public Health Campaign […]

6 ZeroHedge, October 29, 2024

8 Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice, March 26, 2023

9 Substack, Okay Then News, February 28, 2024

10 Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice, January 18, 2024

11, 12 Vaccine, September 22, 2022, Volume 40, Issue 40, Pages 5798-5805

13 Substack, KC’s COVID Facts, July 22, 2024

14, 15 Social Science & Medicine March 2022, Volume 296, 114744

16 Malone.news, Who is Robert Malone, October 30, 2024 

Featured image is from Mercola


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The entering into force of Russia’s updated nuke doctrine, the purpose of which was analyzed here in late September, made headlines across the world because it coincided with a major escalation of the NATO-Russian proxy war in Ukraine. The US allowed Ukraine to use its ATACMS inside of Russia’s pre-2014 territory despite Moscow warning how dangerous that would be. This moment of truth was analyzed here for those who’d like to learn more about how it’ll influence the contours of this conflict.

The circumstances in which Russia might resort to using nukes can be better understood after Sputnik published an unofficial translation of this doctrine here (see annex). The document stipulates that their purpose is to deter a wide range of threats and that they’ll only be used as a last resort. Such threats include everything from nearby large-scale military drills by Russia’s foes to the blocking of critical transport links in a likely nod to Kaliningrad among well-known ones like overwhelming conventional attacks, et al.

Moreover, Russia will regard such threats by countries with the backing of others as joint acts of aggression, thus placing these proxies’ patrons in its crosshairs if they cross its most sensitive red lines. The main point that’s being conveyed through these updated terms is that Russia will not allow Ukraine to be used as NATO’s proxy for inflicting the bloc’s hoped-for strategic defeat upon it. The timing of its publication suggests that the spree of provocations since February 2022 reshaped Russia’s thinking.

Targets such as the Kremlin, early warning systems, strategic airfields, nuclear power plants, and critical transport links like the Crimean Bridge were previously thought to be off limits in any proxy conflict. Instead, every single one of those was bombed by Ukraine with NATO’s backing, yet Russia time and again declined to dramatically respond out of concern that tensions could then spiral into World War III. Each example, however, could theoretically qualify for a nuclear retaliatory strike under the new terms.

To be sure, Putin is unlikely to abandon his prior caution by suddenly nuking Ukraine in response to another NATO-backed drone strike against one of Russia’s nuclear power plants for example when he won’t even authorize the destruction of a single major bridge over the Dnieper, but he might have even greater provocations in mind. It could be that he concluded that his prior restraint was interpreted as weakness instead of appreciated and that something much more dangerous is now being planned.

If that’s the case, then it would make sense why he’d want to convey the wide range of threats that his country’s nuclear doctrine is supposed to deter, thus legitimizing Russia’s reciprocal escalation in the lead-up to them materializing and counteracting perceptions that it might just be (another) “bluff”. In pursuit of this potential goal, it would make sense to publish the document instead of keeping it classified so that the public can be aware of the stakes involved, ergo Sputnik’s unofficial translation.

With this in mind, Russia’s updated nuke doctrine is meant to influence Western policymakers and the public alike, the first in terms of hopefully deterring them from whatever greater provocations they could be planning while the second might pressure them from below to complement this effort. The takeaway is that Russia is very concerned about future escalations and wants the world to know that it will indeed resort to nukes as a last resort in self-defense if its most sensitive red lines are crossed.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.    

Featured image: Russia ringing nuclear weapon use alarm bells but many in the West don’t buy the threat. Image: Screengrab / NTV via Asia Times


Annex: Sputnik’s unofficial translation of Russia’s updated nuclear doctrine

FULL TEXT OF RUSSIA'S UPDATED NUCLEAR DOCTRINE - Sputnik International

Russia's updated nuclear doctrine - Sputnik International

FULL TEXT OF RUSSIA'S UPDATED NUCLEAR DOCTRINE - Sputnik International

FULL TEXT OF RUSSIA'S UPDATED NUCLEAR DOCTRINE - Sputnik International

FULL TEXT OF RUSSIA'S UPDATED NUCLEAR DOCTRINE - Sputnik International

US People Negatively React to Biden’s Reported Decision on Ukraine

November 20th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Apparently, the reported authorization of long-range strikes by Ukraine is having a major negative impact on the US domestic level. Opposition leaders to the Biden administration and even non-political personalities are protesting strongly against the president’s decision, which indicates that Biden will face even more unpopularity in his final weeks in office.

On November 17, Western media reported that President Joe Biden had finally authorized “deep” strikes against the undisputed territory of the Russian Federation. Although there is not enough evidence to confirm that Biden actually authorized such operations, the lack of a refutation of the reports indicates that he agrees with the claims – or at least that he has given in to public pressure from the pro-war lobby.

The reaction to the case has come both at the official and popular levels. Moscow has reiterated that such acts would completely change the nature of the conflict and could trigger a direct nuclear response, given the recent update of the terms of Russia’s nuclear doctrine. The Russians have stated that these strikes will not be seen as mere maneuvers by Ukraine, but as actual NATO intervention in the conflict, considering that Western instructors are the ones truly responsible for conducting long-range weapons on the Ukrainian battlefield.

At the popular level, there has been a similarly negative reaction to Biden’s decision. American citizens are fiercely criticizing the president’s actions, calling him an irresponsible and “suicidal” politician, willing to threaten the entire global security architecture – including the US’ own national security – in his final days in office. On social media, American netizens frequently express their opinions about Biden and call for protests against the president’s war policies.

For example, Scott Ritter, an American military veteran and former UN missile inspector known for his dissident stance in the US, called on Trump supporters – referred to as “MAGA” – to take to the streets of Washington D.C. in mass protests. According to him, if Biden does not reverse the measure, “there will be no America for Trump” – thus warning of the risk of nuclear escalation. It is important to emphasize that Ritter is an independent activist, without any ties to the Republican Party, so his public call is a genuine gesture of patriotic concern, not simple political propaganda.

“MAGA Americans should shut down Washington DC until Biden reverses his decision on ATACMS. Surround the White House. Surround Congress. Shut it all down. Because if we don’t, there may be no America for Trump to make great again come January 20,” he published.

There has also been serious official criticism of Biden in the US. Republican Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene said that the president is “dangerously trying to start WWIII” before ending his term. She stated that it is necessary to stop financing foreign wars, emphasizing the problems that this policy brings to American stability. Furthermore, Greene made it clear that the American people decided to vote for Trump precisely to end the conflict, and that Biden’s move is therefore a violation of the will of the people.

“On his way out of office, Joe Biden is dangerously trying to start WWIII by authorizing Ukraine the use of U.S. long range missiles into Russia. The American people gave a mandate on Nov 5th against these… decisions and do not want to fund or fight foreign wars. We want to fix our own problems. Enough of this, it must stop,” she said.

In a similar vein, American oligarch Elon Musk, head of communications company “X”, published his opinion about the topic on social media, agreeing with a previous post made by a Republican senator against Biden. Utah Senator Mike Lee stated that “Libs (as the Republican call the Democrats) love war [because] war facilitates bigger government”. Musk shared the post stating “true”, thus making clear his condemnation of the authorization of long-range strikes.

Also, Trump’s son, Donald Jr., claimed that Biden is advocating for the interests of the military industrial complex by authorizing such strikes. According to him, the current president actually wants to start World War III before Trump is inaugurated, which would certainly prevent the new leader from succeeding in his pro-peace agenda.

“The Military Industrial Complex seems to want to make sure they get World War 3 going before my father has a chance to create peace and save lives (…) Gotta lock in those $Trillions. Life be damned!,” he said.

This situation just shows how authorizing deep strikes was a political suicide for Biden. The domestic US scenario will be extremely unstable in the near future, with expected mass protests and a major crisis of legitimacy. Instead of simply “starting a world war,” Biden may have also taken significant steps towards an internal political clash in his own country.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Lucas Leiroz is a member of the BRICS Journalists Association, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, geopolitical consultant. You can follow Lucas on Twitter and Telegram. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Did Biden Really Authorize Long-range Strikes Deeper Within Russia? NYT Quoting “Anonymous Officials”

By Drago Bosnic, November 19, 2024

In the past 24 hours, a shockwave of panic was unleashed after reports emerged about the United States allegedly allowing the usage of its long-range missiles against Russia. The New York Times, an infamous neoliberal mouthpiece, broke the story first, which was then quoted by hundreds of other major media outlets worldwide.

Video: Former Top UN War Crimes Prosecutor Dr. Francis Boyle Reveals Bill of Impeachment Against Biden in Order to Prevent WW3

By Prof. Francis A. Boyle and Alex Jones, November 20, 2024

Leading expert in bioweapons & international Law, Dr. Francis Boyle, has authored a Bill of Impeachment Against Biden & calls on Americans to wield it in order to help stop WW3.

America’s “Humanitarian Wars” Against Iran, Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria, Libya, Palestine

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 20, 2024

January 31, 2011, President Obama dispatches Frank G. Wisner Junior to Egypt to “oversea the protest movement”. It was an intelligence op, a preamble to the regime change and the wars against Syria and Libya.

‘A Little Dystopian’: Jeff Bezos, Bill Gates Bankrolling Methane Vaccine for Cattle

By Dr. Brenda Baletti, November 20, 2024

Amazon founder Jeff Bezos is investing $9.4 million to develop a vaccine designed to reduce the number of methane-producing microbes in a cow’s stomach, Agriland reported. The funding comes from his Bezos Earth Fund, a philanthropy he established with $10 billion in 2020. The fund intends to distribute all of its money by 2030, by funding projects to “fight climate change and protect nature.”

Who Is Authorizing Biden’s Nuclear Brinkmanship While the President’s Brain Is Missing?

By Caitlin Johnstone, November 20, 2024

Ukraine has already begun using US-supplied long-range missiles in Russia, despite Putin’s warning that this exact sort of escalation will place NATO at war with Russia. This happens as Russia officially changes its nuclear doctrine to lower the threshold for when it’s permissible to use nuclear weapons in retaliation for attacks on its territory.

COVID Crimes Exposed by Germany’s Robert Koch Institute (RKI) Files. “Much of the Pandemic Narrative Built on Lies”

By Dr. Mark Trozzi, November 19, 2024

As a physician and researcher who has fought tirelessly for truth, I am compelled to share the staggering revelations that recently emerged from the Robert Koch Institute (RKI) archives. These documents shed light on the covert political and scientific maneuvers behind the global COVID-19 response. The evidence is damning and confirms what many have suspected: much of the “pandemic” narrative was built on lies.

Western Media: Whitewashing Israeli Genocide and Manufacturing Consent

By Jamal Kanj, November 19, 2024

A UN Special Committee has characterized Israel’s war in Gaza as genocide, while Western “free” media has abandoned its ethical responsibility to cover and or report objectively on the conduct of Israel’s wars in Gaza and Lebanon. Western corporate media outlets, without exception, acquiesced to Israeli directives barring reporters from entering Gaza.

Here are more incredible letters of support from around the world.

Why is Alberta Premier Danielle Smith doing this?

God bless you all for your support.

.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

The Real Israel

November 20th, 2024 by Caitlin Johnstone

One of the very few good things coming out of the relentless nightmare happening in Gaza is that at long last the western world is getting a clear look at Israel. The real Israel.

Not the Israel they teach you about in school. Not “the only democracy in the middle east,” where Jews were given safe haven after their victimization at the hands of the Nazis and managed to create a thriving society despite existing in a sea of savage enemies bent on their destruction.

Not that Israel. The real one. Arguably the most racist society on earth, whose existence has depended on nonstop violence, theft, tyranny and abuse since its very inception.

.

Read on X

.

The real Israel, whose government is deliberately and methodically starving Palestinian civilians to death by the tens of thousands just for being the wrong ethnicity.

The real Israel, whose snipers routinely murders Palestinian children by shooting them in the head.

The real Israel, whose military is so sadistic that it created an AI system to specifically target suspected Hamas fighters when they are at home with their families, and called the AI “Where’s Daddy?” because it would be killing fathers when they are at home with their children.

The real Israel, whose soldiers cannot stop posting footage of themselves mockingly dressed in the undergarments of dead and displaced Palestinian women and playing with the toys of dead and displaced Palestinian children.

The real Israel, where Palestinian doctors are raped and tortured to death.

.

Read on X

.

The real Israel, where the majority of men do not believe acquaintance rape or spousal rape are real crimes, and where the majority do not believe the soldiers accused of raping and torturing a Palestinian prisoner to the point of severe injury should face criminal charges.

The real Israel, who routinely bombs buildings full of civilians and then uses sniper drones to pick off the survivors, including children.

The real Israel, whose drones have been heard playing the sounds of crying babies and screaming women in order to lure out civilians so they can be killed.

The real Israel, who has damaged or destroyed 94 percent of the healthcare facilities in Gaza with hundreds of targeted attacks.

The real Israel, whose military forces target medical staff so methodically that doctors and nurses in Gaza reportedly change out of their uniforms when they leave the hospital in order to avoid assassination.

The real Israel, who hates truth so much that it has been killing historic numbers of journalists in Gaza while preventing foreign journalists from entering the enclave.

.

Read on X

.

The real Israel, who has been knowingly attacking the locations of humanitarian aid workers.

The real Israel, whose citizens are so warped and twisted that they attend boat tours to cheerfully witness the devastation in the Gaza Strip.

The real Israel, whose citizens set up blockades to prevent aid trucks from getting to starving civilians in Gaza while they enjoy barbecues and set up bouncy castles and cotton candy machines for their children.

The real Israel, whose TikTok influencers started a viral trend mocking the suffering of civilians in Gaza.

The real Israel, whose citizens will travel to another country and tear down Palestinian flags and sing about how there are no children left in Gaza and then cry victim when people fight back.

This is the real Israel, in all its glory. And it is good that it is being seen. 

The sooner everyone stops supporting this freakish, murderous society and begins insisting that normal human values win out over the demented forces which keep it going, the sooner there can be peace in the region. And the better off our entire species will be.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from the author

Amazon founder Jeff Bezos is investing $9.4 million to develop a vaccine designed to reduce the number of methane-producing microbes in a cow’s stomach, Agriland reported.

The funding comes from his Bezos Earth Fund, a philanthropy he established with $10 billion in 2020. The fund intends to distribute all of its money by 2030, by funding projects to “fight climate change and protect nature.”

Researchers at the United Kingdom’s Pirbright Institute and Royal Veterinary College, and New Zealand’s AgResearch are among the groups receiving funding to research how a vaccine could reduce the methane emitted by cows as they digest and expel food through manure, flatulence and burping.

“Vaccines have proven to be an incredibly cost-effective way to deliver global health solutions,” said Bezos Earth Fund President and CEOAndrew Steer in a press release. “If we can apply this approach to vaccinate cattle and reduce emissions, the scalability and impact could be phenomenal.”

Although scientists have sporadically researched methane vaccines for over four decades, no vaccine yet exists. The project’s first goal is to show that such a vaccine is possible.

“This grant is a moonshot for proof-of-concept — risky bets like this are essential to tackling the climate crisis,” Steer said, according to Agriland.

The researchers will study how methanogens, or methane-producing microbes, colonize the digestive tract of calves and how their immune system responds to those methanogens.

Researchers will then determine which antibodies would effectively target the methanogens, as the first step in developing the criteria for their methane vaccine.

Professor John Hammond, Immunogenetics Group leader at the Pirbright Institute, said that before they could develop a methane vaccine, they had to first define “what a successful vaccine needs to achieve. By understanding the precise antibody responses required, we can provide a clear path forward for vaccine development.”

“This approach reduces the trial-and-error aspect and focuses on targeted, high-resolution immunology,” Hammond added. Researchers can use that knowledge to trigger an immune response in cattle that will inhibit methane production, he said.

Crop scientist and regenerative farmer Howard Vlieger told The Defender such a vaccine could be damaging to cows because it is being designed to target the organisms living in cows’ digestive system — organisms the animals need to digest fiber.

Vlieger cited research on glyphosate showing that when necessary microorganisms in a cow’s rumen are eliminated, even in small amounts, it seriously affects the animal’s health.

However, Hammond said dramatic interventions are necessary to cut global methane emissions.

“Vaccination is a widely accepted farming practice that is auditable and can be used in combination with other strategies, such as chemical inhibition, selection for low-methane genetics or early-life interventions to permanently alter microbiome composition in livestock,” he said, according to Agriland.

But Vliegar said that regenerative farmers take a different approach, which is to be attentive to cattle nutrition and to keep their cattle in balance with the environment.

Bill Gates Also Funding Methane Vaccine

Shortly after the Bezos Earth Fund announced in August that it was funding the methane vaccine, ag-biotech startup ArkeaBio announced it also had raised $38.5 million to develop a methane vaccine.

Investors include the Bill Gates-backed Breakthrough Energy Ventures, Rabo Ventures, the Grantham Foundation and others. The Series A funding ArkeaBio announced was from its second round of funding.

Breakthrough Energy had fully funded its previous seed funding round with $12 million, Axios reported.

Gates founded Breakthrough Energy in 2015 to fund start-ups focused on innovating to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Bezos and other well-known billionaires, including Richard Branson and Jack Ma, are also investors.

That means Bezos is funding the methane vaccine through his for-profit investment group and his philanthropic organization.

So is Gates. The Pirbright Institute, which receives Bezos grant funding for the methane vaccine, will use technologies developed in its Pirbright Livestock Antibody Hub, funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

Both the Bezos Earth Fund and the ArkeaBio initiatives were launched following a meeting in Dubai in 2023, during which the Gates Foundation brought together approximately 40 interested parties to discuss expanding a global effort to develop a methane-reducing vaccine, Beef Central reported.

The meeting included the few researchers working on methane vaccines and potential investors, vaccine producers and regulators who will need to sign off on a vaccine once it is developed. Researchers predict that will happen within five years.

Paul Wood of the Global Methane Hub organized the meeting. Promotional materials and media reports about the vaccine cite the hub’s claim that reducing methane emissions by 45% by 2030 could cool the earth by 0.3 degrees Celsius as justification for why the vaccine is needed.

The Global Methane Hub is also funded by the Gates Foundation and the Bezos Earth Fund. Google, which produces tens of millions of metric tons of carbon per year, also is a funder.

Gates said it is imperative to address the issue of cows when it comes to global emissions.

.

Watch on X

.

As Microsoft founder Gates, Amazon and Google pour money into changing the biology of cows to reduce methane, their own carbon footprints are soaring due to the increased energy needed to power their artificial intelligence.

Wood said the Global Methane Hub is also pushing for countries to sign the Global Methane Pledge, which aims to reduce methane from fossil fuels and livestock by 30% between 2020 and 2030.

He said the methane pledge stimulated investments of up to $200 million into the Global Methane Hub research program.

‘A Little Dystopian’

“The whole thing feels a little dystopian,” according to Axios, “but agribusiness sailed over the dystopian hurdle long ago.”

ArkeaBio CEO Colin South said other strategies — including breeding, feed additives and gene editing microbiomes in the rumen — all could address the methane issue. But a vaccine would be a “holy grail in methane mitigation,” because it could scale easily.

Although their focus is cattle, he said, he thought the vaccine could also be used for other species.

The company says it doesn’t yet have a viable product but aims to have something soon that will reduce methane by 15-20% for three to six months and be administered to cattle twice a year.

South said the idea for the vaccine has been around for a long time, “but there has never been the confluence of money, markets, and technology to make it happen until pretty recently.”

Will Harris: ‘Cattle are like carbon converting machines’

Regenerative cattle farmer Will Harris said the whole project is unnecessary because cattle are actually good for greenhouse gas emissions.

When properly grazed on well-managed rangeland, rather than in confinement, “cattle are like carbon converting machines,” a reality that Harris has demonstrated on his Georgia farm.

Excess greenhouse gases are a problem, he said, but technological fixes like this one are not the right solution. He said such interventions generate unanticipated problems that require more technological fixes — a never-ending cycle he said began with the post-WWII shift to industrial agriculture.

“Since then it has become a real game,” Harris said. “And big tech companies solve problems that create another problem requiring another solution. It’s never-ending and a lot of money is being made on it, and it’s not being made by the farmer and it’s not being made by the consumer.”

Harris said he believes people have broken the carbon cycle, but they’ve also broken the water cycle, the mineral cycle and the microbial cycle.

“There is more discussion of the carbon cycle,” he said, “because it is easily monetized — there is a lot of money to be made in technological climate fixes. There are also a lot of people out to vilify cattle,” he said, “and it is unjust.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Brenda Baletti, Ph.D., is a senior reporter for The Defender. She wrote and taught about capitalism and politics for 10 years in the writing program at Duke University. She holds a Ph.D. in human geography from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a master’s from the University of Texas at Austin.

Featured image is from CHD

Leading expert in bioweapons & international Law, Dr. Francis Boyle, has authored a Bill of Impeachment Against Biden & calls on Americans to wield it in order to help stop WW3.

.

.

.

.

If video above does not work, click here to watch the interview.

***

117th Congress H.Res. XX

1st Session

Impeaching Joseph Robinette Biden Jr., President of the United States

For high crimes and misdemeanors

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

May__,20__ Mr./Ms. _ submitted the following resolution, which was referred to the Committee on Judiciary.

A RESOLUTION

Impeaching Joseph Robinette Biden Jr, President of the United States, for high crimes and misdemeanors.

Resolved. That Joseph Robinette Biden Jr., President of the United States, be impeached for high crimes and misdemeanors, and that the following articles of impeachment be exhibited to the Senate:

Articles of Impeachment exhibited by the House of Representatives of the United States of America, against Joseph Robinette Biden Jr., President of the United States of America, in maintenance and support of its impeachment against him for high crimes and misdemeanors.

ARTICLE I

In the conduct of the office of President of the United States, Joseph Robinette Biden Jr. in violation of his constitutional oath faithfully to execute the office of the President of the United States, and to the best of his ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States, and in violation of his constitutional duty, to take care that the laws be faithfully executed, has engaged in a campaign of non-neutral acts and belligerent acts and acts of war against the Russian Federation without the express authorization of the United States Congress in violation of the War Powers Clause of the United States Constitution set forth in Article 1, Section 8  thereof and in violation of Congress’s own War Powers Resolution of 1973 set forth in 50 U.S.C. Sections 1541 to 1548. In all of this Joseph Robinette Biden Jr. has acted in a manner contrary to his trust as President and subversive of constitutional government, to the great prejudice of the cause of law and justice and to the manifest injury of the people of the United States.

Wherefore Joseph Robinette Biden Jr., by such conduct, warrants impeachment and trial, and removal from office.

ARTICLE II

In the conduct of the office of President of the United States, Joseph Robinette Biden Jr. in violation of his constitutional oath faithfully to execute the office of the President of the United States, and to the best of his ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States, and in violation of his constitutional duty, to take care that the laws be faithfully executed, has engaged in a campaign of non-neutral acts and belligerent acts and acts of war against the Russian Federation in violation of the United States Neutrality Legislation set forth in 18 U.S.C. Section 960, which is a crime. To wit:

§960. Expedition against friendly nation. Whoever, within the United States, knowingly begins or sets on foot or provides or prepares a means for or furnishes the money for, or takes part in, any military or naval expedition or enterprise to be carried on from thence against the territory or dominion of any foreign prince or state, or of any colony, district, or people with whom the United States is at peace, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than three years, or both. (June 25, 1948, ch. 645, 62 Stat. 745; Pub. L. 103–322, title XXXIII, §330016(1)(J), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2147 (emphasis added).

The United States Congress has not declared war against the Russian Federation and therefore constitutionally and legally the United States of America still “is at peace” with the Russian Federation.  In all of this Joseph Robinette Biden Jr. has acted in a manner contrary to his trust as President and subversive of constitutional government, to the great prejudice of the cause of law and justice and to the manifest injury of the people of the United States.

Wherefore Joseph Robinette Biden Jr., by such conduct, warrants impeachment and trial, and removal from office.

ARTICLE III

In the conduct of the office of President of the United States, Joseph Robinette Biden Jr. in violation of his constitutional oath faithfully to execute the office of the President of the United States, and to the best of his ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States, and in violation of his constitutional duty, to take care that the laws be faithfully executed, has engaged in a campaign of non-neutral acts and belligerent acts and acts of war against the Russian Federation in violation of the 1907 Hague Convention Respecting the Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers and Persons in Case of War on Land, 36 Stat. 2310, and in violation of the 1907 Hague Convention Concerning the Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers in Naval War, 36 Stat. 2415.  Both of these Hague Neutrality Conventions are treaties to which the United States of America is a contracting party and thus “the supreme Law of the Land” under Article VI of the United States Constitution. Both the Russian Federation and Ukraine are also contracting parties to these two Hague Neutrality Conventions. In all of this Joseph Robinette Biden Jr. has acted in a manner contrary to his trust as President and subversive of constitutional government, to the great prejudice of the cause of law and justice and to the manifest injury of the people of the United States.

Wherefore Joseph Robinette Biden Jr., by such conduct, warrants impeachment and trial, and removal from office.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

There was a 10,000 percent increased risk for a later subsequent autism diagnosis in children who got the Hepatitis B vaccine in the first 30 days.

.

.

.

.

.

Click here to watch the video

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Incoming Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) on Nov. 17 urged the Senate to impose sanctions against the International Criminal Court (ICC) if it continued to pursue arrest warrants for Israeli officials over the Israel–Hamas war in Gaza.

In June, the House of Representatives passed a bill aimed at imposing sanctions on those involved in the ICC’s efforts “to investigate, arrest, detain, or prosecute a protected person.” Under this bill, those subject to sanctions would be ineligible to enter or remain in the United States.

Thune said the Senate Republican majority will make the bill, along with other supportive legislation, “a top priority in the next Congress” should there be no action taken by outgoing Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.).

If the ICC and its prosecutor do not reverse their outrageous and unlawful actions to pursue arrest warrants against Israeli officials, the Senate should immediately pass sanctions legislation, as the House has already done on a bipartisan basis,” Thune stated on social media platform X.

In May, the ICC’s chief prosecutor Karim Khan requested arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and then-Defense Minister Yoav Gallant over alleged war crimes in Gaza sparked by Hamas’s Oct. 7, 2023, attack on southern Israel.

Khan also requested arrest warrants for three Hamas leaders over the killings and kidnappings that Hamas terrorists committed when they entered southern Israel during the attack.

A bipartisan group of senators released a statement on May 21, saying:

“These actions by the ICC jeopardize efforts to bring about sustainable peace in the Middle East. It puts at risk sensitive negotiations to bring home hostages, including Americans, and surge humanitarian assistance.”

Not all lawmakers opposed the ICC move.

“The allegations from the prosecutor’s office are significant, and it has long been my belief that the absence of credible processes for justice are a key reason the conflict between Israel and Palestinians continues to escalate,” Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.) said in May.

Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) said in May that the ICC prosecutor was right to take these actions.

“These arrest warrants may or may not be carried out, but it is imperative that the global community uphold international law,” he said at the time.

The Biden administration expressed concerns about Khan’s arrest warrant applications for Israeli officials but said that it “strongly opposes” imposing sanctions against the ICC as a response.

In a June statement, the White House warned that the legislation “could require sanctions against court staff, judges, witnesses, and U.S. allies and partners who provide even limited, targeted support to the court in a range of aspects of its work.”

“There are more effective ways to defend Israel, preserve U.S. positions on the ICC, and promote international justice and accountability, and the Administration stands ready to work with the Congress on those options,” the White House stated.

Some Republican senators said they agreed with Thune’s position of imposing sanctions against the ICC over its arrest warrants for Israeli officials.

“Well done Senator Thune,” Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) wrote on X. “The ICC’s actions against Israel have been outrageous, and an independent review into the prosecutor’s actions is more than called for.”

Sen. Jim Risch (R-Idaho), ranking member of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, said the Senate should immediately pass the sanction legislation against the ICC.

“We waited for months for the majority to schedule the vote only to have them postpone it before the election. We will not fail to act when Republicans are in the majority,” Risch stated on X.

Schumer did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Thune’s statement.

State Department spokesman Matthew Miller said on May 20 that the ICC lacks jurisdiction to bring charges relating to the ongoing war between the Israeli military and the Hamas terror group in Gaza.

Khan said on Aug. 23 that the ICC had jurisdiction over the matter and asked the court to urgently decide on his request for arrest warrants.

“Any unjustified delay in these proceedings detrimentally affects the rights of victims,” the ICC prosecutor stated in an Aug. 23 court filing.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Jackson Richman contributed to this report.

Aldgra Fredly is a freelance writer covering U.S. and Asia Pacific news for The Epoch Times.

Featured image: Elect Majority Leader Sen. John Thune (R-S.D.) after the Senate Republican leadership election in Washington on Nov. 13, 2024. Madalina Vasiliu/The Epoch Times

On Friday November 15, 2024, Washington, D.C. correspondent for Prensa Latina, Deisy Francis Mexidor, who writes for the Cuban news agency which is celebrating its 65th anniversary, was the special guest for a gathering at the Swords into Plowshares Art Gallery located in downtown Detroit.

This reception was held in connection with the National Network on Cuba (NNOC) annual meeting.

The reception and the annual meeting attracted activists from the city and around the country.

Prof. Emeritus Charles Simmons of Detroit, a longtime Cuban solidarity activist and journalism teacher at several higher educational institutions including Howard and Eastern Michigan University, spoke at the reception on his first visit to Cuba during 1964. Six decades later the same blockade remains in force which complicates normal relations between Cubans and the people living in the United States.

.

Cuba solidarity reception for Prensa Latina correspondent

.

Simmons recounted a meeting involving his youth delegation of 1964 and Commander Ernesto Che Guevara. Guevera fought alongside President Fidel Castro and the July 26th Movement which came to power in the aftermath of the seizure of power on January 1, 1959. Simmons and his comrades stayed in Cuba for two months.

In later years, Simmons went on to work as a senior correspondent for the Muhammad Speaks newspaper of the Nation of Islam during the late 1960s and early 1970s. The newspaper was founded by Malcolm X when he was a member of the NOI. During this period the paper had one of the largest circulations of African American newspapers in the U.S. and internationally.

Francis emphasized as it relates to her work with Prensa Latina that:

“Personally, I feel honored to belong to the Prensa Latina family. Each photo of mine tells its own story of events and movements. For example here in the United States at the demonstrations against the war in Gaza in favor of the Palestinian people; in South Africa during the visit of the Cuban Five, in Namibia with members of a local tribe or in the depths of the Sierra Tarahumara in Chihuahua, Mexico, where the Rarámuri indigenous people were like those forgotten by God. However, a woman carrying her child on her back smiled so much at me that I could not imagine that at that moment she had gone more than three days without food and her people were dying of hunger. Prensa Latina has survived more than six decades in the midst of strong challenges.”

History of Prensa Latina

The news agency Prensa Latina was established to provide alternative information on Cuban and world affairs. At present, PL has two bureaus in the United States with one in Washington, D.C. and the other in New York City.

Deisy Francis Mexidor in her address at the reception stated that the agency has bureaus around the world including Lebanon where they evacuated recently in light of the escalating bombing by the Israeli Air Forces (IAF). Cuba and other revolutionary countries in Latin America such as the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela have consistently expressed their solidarity with the people of Gaza in Palestine and Lebanon.

Cuba like Palestine has for decades been a target of imperialism. Every year there are overwhelmingly majority votes within the United Nations General Assembly calling for the lifting of the blockade against the Caribbean Island-nation. Over the last year since the beginning of the Al-Aqsa Flood, votes within the UNGA have endorsed the formation of a Palestinian state and for the ending of the occupation.

Just two days after the photo exhibit reception and NNOC annual meeting, it was announced that a co-founder of Prensa Latina, Gabriel Molina Franchossi, 91, had passed away. His professional life represents the Cuban revolution and its internationalist origins.

In a PL article published on November 19 it revealed that the journalist was:

“A fighter against Batista’s dictatorship with the Revolutionary Directory, Molina graduated in law and journalism, a passion that guided his life and earned him respect as a professional. In addition to founding Prensa Latina, he established the newspapers Combate, Granma, and Granma Internacional, directing the latter for 27 years, and also served as vice-president of the Cuban Institute of Radio and Television.” 

From the very genesis of the revolution Fidel Castro and Che Guevara encouraged the creation of a news agency which would have global coverage. This decision has been an indispensable element in the longevity of the socialist state and the political vitality of the ruling Communist Party.

Corporate press services, radio, print and television networks routinely spread misinformation against the Cuban government and people. Today, more than ever, in light of the advances in telecommunications technologies, Cuba can broadly transmit its own perspectives on domestic and world events.

In a report published in 2023 on the history of PL it notes:

“The origins of Prensa Latina went back just three weeks after the triumph of the Cuban Revolution in January 1959, when, as part of Operación Verdad (Truth Operation ), a massive press briefing was held in Havana, to which more than 400 national and foreign journalists attended. The newly-born Government presented the radical changes that the country was undergoing….  With this premise, revolutionary fighter Ernesto Che Guevara and journalists Jorge Ricardo Masetti and Carlos María Gutiérrez conceived the idea and organized an agency that would transmit news as an alternative vision to the international news agencies. With an initial group of 20 journalists, translators, and technicians, and Masetti as its director, Prensa Latina made history on June 16, 1959, transmitting its first news cable in New York and opening the way to break the media information.” 

Cuban media outlets have set a standard for reporting on world affairs from the viewpoint of the working class and oppressed peoples. Other agencies such as Telesur of Venezuela have been heavily influenced by their Cuban counterparts.

Francis in her remarks noted the advancements made by Prensa Latina over the last 65 years saying:

“There have been many transformations in the international media landscape, but our main objective has remained unchanged–to report with an alternative message connected to the truth and different from that of the major Western media. Prensa Latina remains committed to tell the stories of the peoples and countries whose voices are not usually heard.”

Cuba, Africa and World Revolution

On the following day there was a cultural program held on the city’s southwest side where various artists performed before the NNOC delegates. The weekend of events attracted many youth activists working in solidarity with Cuba and other international issues.

.

Cuba solidarity activist at reception

.

Several of the delegates were also involved in solidarity work with Africa, particularly the political and economic processes unfolding in the Sahel region of West Africa. In Mali, Burkina Faso and Niger, the three states have joined together to form an Alliance of Sahel States (AES) to defend themselves against the destabilization efforts launched by the imperialists in Washington and Paris.

Cuba recently issued a statement in solidarity with the Southern African state of the Republic of Zimbabwe which has been under draconian sanctions by Britain, the European Union and the U.S. Zimbabwe was attacked in 2000 when the parliament passed a comprehensive land reform bill returning half of the commercial farms back over to the African people who had been colonized and displaced during the late 19th century by the British.

Joining in with the Southern African Development Community (SADC) and the African Union (AU), Cuba endorsed the annual Anti-Sanctions Day on October 26. This public action continues a decades-long tradition of solidarity with the African continent.

Between 1975-1989, hundreds of thousands of Cuban internationalists served in the Republic of Angola to consolidate the independence of the country and later to drive out the-then racist apartheid South African Defense Forces (SADF). Cuban solidarity with the liberation movements of Southern Africa including the South-West African People’s Organization (SWAPO) of Namibia and the African National Congress of South Africa (ANC), paved the way for the independence of Namibia and South Africa in 1990 and 1994 respectively.

Cuban medical workers intervened between 2014-2015 in West Africa when the states of Sierra Leone, Guinea and Liberia were being severely impacted by the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD). Later in 2020, Cuba assisted in containing the COVID-19 pandemic in several AU member-states including South Africa and Angola.

This practical solidarity work will inevitably continue as Africa and other geopolitical regions wage struggles against systematic oppression and underdevelopment. Cuba’s socialist internationalist policies are a role model for other states in the Global South.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: Cuba solidarity early days Prensa Latina reception, Nov. 15, 2024 (All images are from Abayomi Azikiwe)

Ukraine has already begun using US-supplied long-range missiles in Russia, despite Putin’s warning that this exact sort of escalation will place NATO at war with Russia. This happens as Russia officially changes its nuclear doctrine to lower the threshold for when it’s permissible to use nuclear weapons in retaliation for attacks on its territory.

So far the attacks appear to have been mostly repelled without having done any significant damage.

This is frightening, but I have a hard time imagining that Russia makes any extreme moves against the US before Trump takes office. It seems like they’d want to wait and see what Trump does once he gets in before taking any horrifying risks like that. It is much more likely that Russia will instead respond to this escalation by escalating its attacks on Ukraine, like it normally does. 

Who knows, though? If these attacks on Russia continue, there’s literally no limit to how bad this could get.

*

It’s so fun how the Biden administration is using its lame duck months to skyrocket hostilities between nuclear superpowers and we don’t even know who’s really making these decisions because the president’s brain is cottage cheese.

*

These escalations happen as Ukrainians begin moving into a majority consensus that it is time to seek peace. A new Gallup poll has found that a majority of Ukrainians throughout the country now support peace talks to end the war with Russia, with 52 percent favoring peace and 38 percent wanting to fight on. 

As usual people are more opposed to continuing the war the closer they are to the frontline, with 63 percent of the respondents in eastern Ukraine supporting peace talks and only 27 percent wanting to continue fighting. The further you are from the effects of this horrific proxy war the more likely you are to support it; it’s just as true inside Ukraine’s borders as it is when you include all the western armchair warriors who want to continue fighting to the last Ukrainian.

“Listen to the Ukrainians,” we were told when all this started. Well, here they are. This proxy war has been waged in the name of defending Ukrainian democracy, and yet it continues to dangerously escalate against the will of the majority, at the direction of a president in Kyiv whose elected term ended months ago.

*

Fighting a war with Russia always seems like a swell idea until you actually try it. The fact that the majority of Ukrainians now support ending the war is yet another example of this oft-repeated history lesson.

*

The only way to view Trump as significantly worse than Biden is to take very little interest US foreign policy, and the only way to take so little interest in US foreign policy is to care very little about non-western lives.

*

Every day I’m interacting with liberals who inadvertently reveal that they are only just now beginning to pay close attention to what’s happening in Gaza, now that they’ll be able to blame the genocide on someone else. I was just talking to a Democrat who informed me I’m going to miss Biden after hundreds of Palestinians begin starving to death in Gaza when Trump gets into office. I told him Palestinians are believed to be starving to death by the tens of thousands presently; we just don’t hear about it because indirect deaths like malnutrition aren’t part of the official daily death toll. 

It’s so much worse than they realize because they spent more than a year looking the other way while it was happening, so now you’ll often see them warning that Trump is going to do things that Biden has been doing this entire time.

*

People who say you get more conservative as you get older are just projecting their own personal shittiness onto everyone else. I get more radicalized by the year. It’s not even about older people having more wealth to protect; I’m making more money than ever before and I still want to obliterate capitalism. 

You get more conservative and right wing as you get older if you fail to grow as you age. It just means you’ve been wasting your time on this planet and allowing yourself to become intellectually lazy and morally stagnant.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: President Joe Biden holds up a U.S proclamation he signed that designates November 17th as International Conservation Day, Sunday, November 17, 2024, at the Museu da Amazonia in Manaus, Brazil. (Official White House Photo by Adam Schultz)

President Biden has given Ukraine authorization to start using long range weapons to attack Russia.

The timing of all of this is very interesting.

.

.

.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: An ATACMS missile being launched from an M270 MLRS (Licensed under the Public Domain)

O recente telefonema entre Olaf Scholz e Vladimir Putin causou muita controvérsia na política ocidental. O líder alemão tem sido criticado pela sua postura relativamente diplomática, uma vez que a maioria dos políticos ocidentais acredita que Moscou deveria ser tratado como um “pária internacional”. No entanto, os movimentos feitos pelos EUA, França e Reino Unido logo após a ligação de Scholz podem ser a principal explicação para o seu contato com o presidente russo.

Recentemente, o chanceler alemão telefonou ao presidente russo e manteve uma conversa que durou cerca de uma hora sobre temas sensíveis nas relações bilaterais. Comentando os detalhes da conversa, Scholz explicou que esta era uma oportunidade para reafirmar a posição alemã e europeia e para deixar claro a Putin que o apoio a Kiev não irá diminuir. Disse também que considera importante manter o diálogo com a Rússia, apesar da sua posição publicamente pró-ucraniana sobre o conflito, e enfatizou a necessidade de os líderes europeus participarem no processo diplomático. Além disso, Scholz surpreendentemente prometeu ligar novamente para Putin no futuro.

“A conversa foi muito detalhada, mas contribuiu para o reconhecimento de que pouco mudou na visão do presidente russo sobre a guerra – e isso não é uma boa notícia (…) Era importante dizer-lhe que nãose  pode contar com apoio [para Kiev] da Alemanha, da Europa e de muitos outros no mundo em declínio (…) Há quem na Alemanha considere a falta de negociações com Putin uma boa ideia, mas eu não sou um deles (…) Em breve voltarei a falar com o presidente da Rússia (…) Na minha opinião, não seria uma boa ideia se houvesse conversações entre os presidentes americano e russo e o líder de um importante país europeu não o fizesse também”, ele disse.

A reação à iniciativa de Scholz foi extremamente negativa. Vladimir Zelensky disse que o líder alemão abriu uma “caixa de Pandora” ao iniciar um diálogo com Putin. Zelensky enfatizou os seus desejos irrealistas de vitória, afirmando que não haverá “Minsk 3.0” e prometendo tacitamente levar a guerra às suas últimas consequências.

“O chanceler Scholz me disse que ia ligar para Putin (…) Agora pode haver outras conversas, outras ligações (…) Sabemos como agir. E queremos avisar: não haverá ‘Minsk 3.0’. Precisamos de paz verdadeira”, disse Zelensky.

Na verdade, a conversa entre Scholz e Putin parecia, à primeira vista, ser mais um passo na direção da tentativa da Europa de assumir um papel de liderança num alegado “processo de paz” que alguns diplomatas da UE têm tentado promover desde a vitória de Donald Trump. No entanto, o recente anúncio de que os EUA levantaram as restrições a ataques “profundos” contra a Rússia pode ser uma chave interessante para compreender o verdadeiro propósito do telefonema.

Em 17 de novembro, vários meios de comunicação ocidentais anunciaram que Joe Biden tinha levantado as restrições ao uso de armas americanas de longo alcance contra alvos no território “profundo” da Rússia. Além disso, logo após o anúncio, surgiram rumores, que ainda não foram oficialmente negados, de que a França e o Reino Unido teriam seguido o exemplo americano e também autorizado tais operações pela Ucrânia.

Como as autoridades russas afirmaram repetidamente, esta é uma escalada irreversível do conflito, uma vez que altera substancialmente a natureza da guerra. As armas de longo alcance não são operadas por militares ucranianos, mas por especialistas da OTAN enviados ilegalmente para o campo de batalha. Até agora, Moscou tem sido tolerante com o uso de tais armas dentro das Novas Regiões, uma vez que o Ocidente as considera territórios ucranianos. No entanto, ataques de longo alcance dentro do território que o Ocidente reconhece como russo significariam incursões da própria OTAN na Federação Russa, o que legitimaria, de acordo com as recentes mudanças na doutrina militar russa, uma resposta nuclear.

Aparentemente, Joe Biden está a usar os seus últimos dias na Casa Branca para destruir toda a arquitetura de segurança global e depois dar a Donald Trump um mundo em guerra global aberta. Os principais aliados militares dos EUA na Europa, o Reino Unido e a França, estão a seguir o mesmo caminho e a co-participar na catástrofe liderada por Biden. No entanto, Scholz parece cauteloso. A Alemanha até agora não forneceu à Ucrânia mísseis de longo alcance, com Scholz dizendo que “a Alemanha tomou uma decisão clara sobre o que faremos e o que não faremos” e que “esta decisão não mudará”.

É claro que decisões importantes não são tomadas às pressas. A autorização das greves certamente estava planejada há muito tempo e Biden escolheu justamente o momento atual, durante a Cúpula do G20 no Brasil, para levantar as restrições sem causar grande impacto político e midiático, esperando que o mundo se distraísse com o evento reunindo os principais líderes globais no Rio de Janeiro.

Nesse sentido, é possível que Scholz soubesse de antemão o que estava para acontecer e tenha decidido conversar previamente com Putin para deixar claro que a Alemanha não enviaria armas de longo alcance e, portanto, não estaria participando da escalada promovida por Biden. Desta forma, Scholz espera poupar Berlim das possíveis consequências devastadoras que uma guerra irrestrita entre a Rússia e a OTAN causaria.

Há dois fatos que defendem esta análise. Scholz culpou recentemente o apoio à Ucrânia pela crise no seu governo. A coligação que apoia o chanceler alemão ruiu e ele parece agora preocupado com o futuro da sua posição. Isto pode estar a levá-lo a agir desesperadamente para evitar consequências ainda mais negativas para o seu governo.

Além disso, no mesmo dia em que as restrições foram levantadas, o ministro da defesa alemão, Boris Pistorius, fez uma declaração pública enfatizando a posição da Alemanha de não enviar mísseis Taurus de longo alcance para a Ucrânia, afirmando que tal medida significaria o envolvimento direto da Alemanha no conflito.

“O Taurus não seria uma virada de jogo. Nossa missão é diferente. Temos agora de garantir que a Ucrânia continue a receber abastecimentos sustentáveis ​​(…) Só seria sustentável entregar [estas armas] se nós próprios determinarmos e definirmos os alvos, e isso, mais uma vez, não é possível se não quisermos fazer parte deste conflito”, disse ele.

É difícil acreditar que todos estes movimentos sejam mera coincidência. Scholz tem agido de forma irresponsável desde o início do conflito, mas parece completamente incapaz de lidar com uma escalada descontrolada. O chanceler teme o que a guerra poderá trazer à Alemanha e a si próprio se o ponto sem retorno for ultrapassado. O seu apelo a Putin foi uma tentativa desesperada de libertar a Alemanha das consequências da guerra. Resta saber se ele terá força política suficiente para resistir à pressão dos seus próprios “parceiros” ocidentais de agora em diante.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Scholz desperately tries to prevent Germany from being seen as open enemy by Russia, InfoBrics, 18 de Novembro de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

If Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu wants a war with Iran, on the US taxpayers and voters expense, he had better attack quickly. On January 20, President Donald Trump takes office, and he was elected on an anti-war platform. 

We don’t know what Trump will do after assuming office, and we don’t know if Netanyahu will remain in office.  His extremist ministers, Bezalel Smotrich and Itamar Ben Gvir, have shackled Netanyahu to a policy of genocide in Gaza, and they are advocating annexing the Occupied West Bank. 

Gaza, the West Bank and Lebanon are all scenes of brutal Israeli military aggression, and the US taxpayers are paying for every bullet fired and every bomb dropped.

While the outgoing Biden administration has failed to stop Netanyahu, or even to get a ceasefire, the Trump administration may see the situation differently, and put on the breaks, instead of shining the green light.

Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Tarik Cyril Amar, a historian and geopolitical analyst writing on X under @tarikcyrilamar. 

Steven Sahiounie (SS):  Israel has assassinated the political and military leaders of Hezbollah, but Hezbollah’s military operation against Israel is increasing. How do you analyze this?

Tarik Cyril Amar (TCA):  It’s clear, now empirically “tested” evidence that Hezbollah’s organization is deep and complex enough and its popularity great enough to resist a “decapitation” strategy. It can maintain effective operations during and after such “decapitation” strikes and it can also generate new leaders at multiple levels. Regarding Israel, its repeated reliance on such methods indicates that it has illusions about its adversaries, systematically underestimating them, in part at least, I strongly suspect, due to a colonialist-racist mental bias: the old prejudice that “the natives” are incapable of complex organization and that therefore one merely has to kill their “chiefs” to defeat them. In that sense, the whole phenomenon illustrates not only Hezbollah’s strength, but also one of the weaknesses generated by Zionist-colonial ideology, that Israel cannot shed and that will stay with it to its downfall. 

SS:  Israel announced that they have attacked Iran, but Iran announced that the attack was not overwhelming. In your opinion, was the Israeli attack on Iran an Israeli success? 

TCA:  No, on the contrary. The last Israeli attack showed limits of Israel’s military power and reach and, I believe, also that Israel is actually deterred by Iranian missile capabilities even now, while Iran does not have nuclear weapons yet (at least as far as we know). What we do not know at this stage is what shape a potential further Israeli attack may take, in particular under the circumstances of the incoming Trump administration. Therefore, while we can register that the last attack was a failure, it would be very unwise to draw too many conclusions.

SS:   Iran is threatening to attack Israel in response of the Israeli attack on Iran. In your opinion, will this attack happen, and if so will it take the region to a war?

TCA:  Like others, I can only offer a guess. In my opinion, Iran will retaliate, but not with one massive missile strike, because that would make it all too easy for Israel to get the US on its side again for either massive support for another Israeli attack on Iran or even, in the worst case, make the US itself go to war with Iran. Israel, of course, wants precisely that: to make America fight yet another devastating war in the “Middle East” on its behalf. It is, I believe, very hard to predict if Israel will get its way in this regard. It is true that the incoming Trump administration is as Zionist, Israel-compliant, and co-genocidal as the outgoing Biden administration (at least), but Trump is also a nationalist and averse to war, not out of the goodness of his heart, but because he sees how wasteful it is. From Tehran’s perspective it is probably a priority now to minimize, as much as possible, US aggression. Much of it is inevitable, but a direct American attack is not a foregone conclusion. Against that backdrop, Tehran may well choose to tread carefully and calibrate its response in a manner that avoids that kind of escalation.

SS:  The US presidential election is over. In your point of view, how will President Trump winning the election effect the situation in the Middle East?

TCA:  In short: badly. But then, that’s what all US administrations do. The outgoing Democrats needed to be punished for their co-perpetrating a genocide with Israel. Unfortunately, that does not mean that Trump will not do the same. We will see a shift from Genocide Joe to Genocide Donald. Trump has also already signaled that he won’t be any better than Biden regarding anti-genocide protest and resistance in the US either. The new president as well will do his worst to repress them. The fundamental problem remains: the enormous pro-Israel bias of the American establishment.   

Again, what we don’t know is how far Trump will go in obeying all of the Israeli agenda by waging direct US wars in the “Middle East.” That is a more complicated question. It is true that his current picks for high positions signal that “hawks” with, in essence, neocon agendas, are put in charge. But, as Stephen Walt has posted on X, the picks also signal that Trump wants weak figures that leave him in charge ultimately. Moreover, US foreign policy hawks have more than one target of aggression. A focus on China may play a role in restricting their most extreme options with regard to Iran and Syria.

What should not be underestimated, in any case, is the influence of players other than the US and Israel. By which I don’t mean the EU-Europeans, who have voluntarily chosen complete subordination to the US. Lebanon, at this point, is yet another victim of horrendous Israeli aggression and, like Gaza and the West Bank, has been effectively abandoned by the so-called “international community.” There, the decisive factor is the local resistance offered by Hezbollah, which Israel has not been able to subdue. 

But Iran, Yemen (under de facto Ansarallah control), Iraq, Syria, even states such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia are not entirely controllable or entirely predictable. If the Trumpists believe that a simple return to the “normalization” policies of the first Trump administration is possible, they are likely to be disappointed. This is all the more so since the importance of other power centers such as Russia and China is also growing, if mostly quietly.

In short, I would expect nothing good at all from this new administration; I never have. But the new administration – notwithstanding Trump’s customary braggadocio and America’s equally customary arrogance – won’t call all the shots.

Finally, a key question remains if/when Iran acquires nuclear weapons and, crucially, the capacity to deliver them not only regionally but intercontinentally. Iran with the deterrent capabilities of North Korea would, of course, be a – if not the – “game changer.” Personally, I am optimistic in that regard.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

As a physician and researcher who has fought tirelessly for truth, I am compelled to share the staggering revelations that recently emerged from the Robert Koch Institute (RKI) archives. These documents shed light on the covert political and scientific maneuvers behind the global COVID-19 response. The evidence is damning and confirms what many have suspected: much of the “pandemic” narrative was built on lies.

.

Watch here

.

.

References 

The RKI Revelations: What We Found 

The RKI, Germany’s equivalent of the CDC, is supposed to act as an independent medical advisory board. However, leaked protocols reveal a shocking narrative. These documents were secured through a combination of Freedom of Information Act requests and whistleblower leaks, exposing a calculated and politically motivated response to COVID-19.

Science Ignored 

In the early days of the pandemic, RKI scientists provided clear data to the government. They concluded that:

  • SARS-CoV-2 was “hardly contagious” and did not pose a significant threat to the population.
  • Measures like lockdowns, masking, and social distancing were scientifically unsupported.
  • Testing asymptomatic individuals with PCR tests was explicitly discouraged due to its lack of diagnostic reliability.

Despite this, politicians pushed forward with restrictive measures, ignoring the RKI’s advice. They manipulated data to justify lockdowns, masks, and eventually the rollout of “vaccines.”

Lies, Manipulations, and the Cost of Compliance

Masks and Misinformation 

The protocols highlighted that masks, including FFP2 masks, were ineffective in preventing viral transmission. This aligns with earlier scientific consensus. Yet, mask mandates were enforced worldwide. Why? The answer lies in fear and control. Masks served as symbols of compliance, increasing public anxiety and reducing critical thinking.

The PCR Test Fallacy 

The misuse of PCR tests was central to perpetuating the pandemic narrative. According to the RKI leaks:

  • The tests had a false positive rate of 86.5%.
  • Testing asymptomatic individuals was against RKI recommendations but became widespread.

This tactic inflated case numbers, creating a false perception of a widespread emergency.

The “Vaccine” Agenda 

Perhaps the most alarming aspect of the leaks involves the so-called “vaccines.” The documents reveal that:

  • Approval was rushed without sufficient testing, skipping standard safety protocols.
  • Early data showed negligible protection and significant risks, yet these were ignored.
  • Post-marketing surveillance was used as a substitute for clinical trials, making humanity the experimental group.

Even worse, the “vaccines” were marketed as a societal good, despite the RKI admitting that they offered no protection against transmission. This deception coerced millions into taking an untested genetic experiment under false pretenses.

Collateral Damage: The Impact on Society

The leaked files also expose the devastating consequences of pandemic policies:

  • Children, who faced virtually no risk from COVID-19, were subjected to school closures, masking, and isolation, resulting in psychological trauma and developmental delays.
  • Hospitals reported historically low occupancy rates, debunking claims of overwhelming medical crises.
  • The elderly and vulnerable were denied effective treatments like ivermectin and vitamin D, leading to preventable deaths.

Seeking Justice and Moving Forward

These revelations demand accountability. The deliberate harm inflicted on societies worldwide cannot go unanswered. Politicians, health officials, and complicit media figures must face justice for their roles in this orchestrated deception.

As we move forward, it is crucial that we reclaim science from political interference and restore trust in public health systems. The path to healing begins with truth, accountability, and a commitment to never let this happen again.

This is not just a fight for justice; it is a fight for the future of humanity. Let us stand together and demand transparency, accountability, and a brighter future.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: Protest against Corona measures in Berlin on August 1, 2020: Leonhard Lenz, Wikimedia Commons, CCO


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

A UN Special Committee has characterized Israel’s war in Gaza as genocide, while Western “free” media has abandoned its ethical responsibility to cover and or report objectively on the conduct of Israel’s wars in Gaza and Lebanon. Western corporate media outlets, without exception, acquiesced to Israeli directives barring reporters from entering Gaza. Journalists embedded with the Israeli army report only what Israel permits them to observe, creating one sided heavily filtered narrative. 

The programmed absence has deprived Western public of critical information to show what UNICEF describes as the most dangerous place in the world for children. Disregarding these realities, corporate Western media outlets often dehumanize Palestinians, dismissing their grievance while overtly empathizing with the Israelis. Case in point, they extensively cover the relocation of hundreds of Israeli families, while offering little to no coverage on the Scholasticide of the 625,000 Palestinian children who are unable to attend school for a second year because Israel has damaged or destroyed 85% of Gaza’s schools. Similarly, they disregard U.N. documented Israel’s use of “starvation as a weapon of war . . . destroying vital water, sanitation and food systems,” and neglect the plight of 90% of Gaza’s internally displaced population, many of whom have been forced to relocate nine or ten times. In addition, the media’s intentional omission of the destruction of the entire higher education system, with 100% of Gaza’s 12 universities demolished, leaving 88,000 students unable to continue their studies.

Just as with the systematic destruction of Gaza’s educational system, the “free” media has failed to critically report on Israel’s deliberate strategy to dismantle Gaza’s healthcare system. According to former U.N. High Commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillay, this strategy involved “relentless and intentional attacks on medical personnel and facilities,” including the killing, detention, and torture of medical staff as part of a “concerted policy to destroy Gaza’s healthcare system.” By the end of July 2024, the World Health Organization reported that Israel had conducted 498 raids on healthcare facilities. Out of Gaza’s 36 hospitals, less than 16 are partially operational, leading to the near-total collapse of the healthcare system. 

The managed “free” media deploys countless reporters in Tel Aviv to cover the effectiveness of Israel’s Iron Dome missile system, yet no one on the ground investigates the starvation in North Gaza or even show the face of one of the approximately 16,800 murdered children or the anguish of over 17,000 children who have lost one or both parents. At the same time, the programmed media floods screens with images of a broken glass window in a “Jewish only” colony, but no cameras are allowed to capture the devastated 163,778, plus residential units in Gaza.

The so-called “free” Western media does not question or fact-check Israeli disinformation, hasbara, when American made jets target schools or demolish residential towers under the pretext of “command centers” inside these facilities. Worse yet, the media propagates a false narrative, portraying Israel’s malevolent policies as acts of benevolence because they issue a warning ahead of bombing homes to smithereens, and then murder civilians as they evacuate under the same orders. Journalists ignore Palestinian voices pointing out that the wide scale destruction of homes, “safe shelters,” and critical infrastructure is part of a calculated Israeli strategy to render Gaza uninhabitable and forcibly displace its residents. Their reporting from afar, normalize Israeli violence and ethnic cleansing as they parrot Israeli Newspeak without scrutiny.

.

Al-Tabeen school bombing (Source)

.

A glaring example of the media abdicating its objectivity is the case of Al-Shifa Hospital, where Israeli military officials showcased an elaborate 3D model purportedly depicting a command center beneath the hospital. The Israeli disinformation was echoed by U.S. President Joe Biden and the White House, further amplifying the false Israeli narratives to an unsuspected public.

In November 2023, Al-Shifa Hospital was occupied by the Israeli army. Doctors were arrested, several tortured to death in Israeli custody, and the hospital was forced out of service. Western journalists, embedded with the Israeli military, joined the Israeli army to show the world what was claimed to be a military command center beneath the hospital. However, to uncover that the only underground edifices in the hospital’s vast complex were originally designed by Israeli architects Gershon Zippor and Benjamin Idelson, and commissioned by the occupying Israeli Public Works Department in 1983.

The embedded Israeli propaganda tool, aka Western media, accompanied Israel’s chief disinformation officer on a tour of Al-Shifa Hospital but left empty-handed, unable to find the flaunted “command control center” or any military facilities under the hospital. Human Rights Watch later concluded that the military raid at the hospital constituted a war crime after failing to provide evidence “to justify revoking the hospital’s status as protected by the laws of war.”

Rather than holding Israel accountable for destroying a major health facility, the embedded media continued to market Israeli lies to excuse violations of international law. The lack of critical reporting and fact-checking is a betrayal of the journalistic responsibilities, effectively serving as implicit approval or, at the very least, normalization of the Israeli war crimes.

Another case on how the media facilitates violence and aggression is the adoption of Israeli-nuanced jargons that desensitizes readers, and redirects focus. For instance, by framing Israel’s wars against Palestinians in Gaza and the people of Lebanon as a war against “Hamas” or “Hezbollah,” the media employs euphemisms that deflect Israeli responsibility for the broader impact of the war on innocent civilians. This framing whitewashes Israeli culpability for the destruction of 80% of homes, 60% of the hospitals, 85% of the schools, 100% of the universities, the displacement of 90% of the population, the razing of villages, and the starvation of children, portraying these atrocities as mere “collateral damage,” or unintended victims in a crossfire. 

Furthermore, Western media’s dereliction in contextualizing Israeli violations of the international humanitarian law, the findings of the International Court of Justice and International Criminal Court, leaves readers unaware of the legal ramifications and obscures accountability. In doing so, Western media becomes, wittingly or unwittingly, a complicit platform in Israeli hasbara. 

Western media has even abandoned fellow local journalists who remained in Gaza and were purposely targeted by the Israeli army. Israel’s assault on the truth, including attacks on journalists and their families, is unprecedented in war zones. According to the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Israel has murdered 137 journalists and media workers, making it the deadliest since CPJ began collecting data in 1992.

Zionist hasbara, bolstered by a powerful media plutocracy and influential special interest groups in the West, has normalized Israeli lies and bias against Palestinians for over 76 years. This media-constructed narrative distorts public understanding, manipulates public discourse and shapes policy debates. Inevitably, the systematic dissemination of misinformation shapes a one-dimensional view of the conflict, suppresses dissent, and position Western media as a key instrument in manufacturing consent for Israel’s wars of genocide.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Jamal Kanj is the author of “Children of Catastrophe,” Journey from a Palestinian Refugee Camp to America, and other books. He writes frequently on Arab world issues for various national and international commentaries. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

On Sunday, President Joe Biden authorized the use of U.S.-supplied long-range missiles by Ukraine for strikes inside Russia. The sudden reversal of policy represents a dramatic escalation in the war that will require a strong response from Moscow. President Putin has repeatedly warned that firing missiles at targets located on Russian territory would trigger harsh retaliatory attacks not just on sites in Ukraine but also on those nations that are directly involved in the strikes, namely NATO and the United States. As military analyst Will Schryver noted:

.

.

.

.

.

.

Read on X

.

With his back against the wall, we expect that Putin will defend his country just as the US would defend itself if Chinese contractors, using Chinese missile systems, linked to Chinese satellites and technology, fired missiles at targets in the US from locations in Mexico. The situation is the same here which is why Putin went to great lengths to explain the problem in May when he said the following:

….the final target selection… can only be made by highly skilled specialists who rely on this reconnaissance data, technical reconnaissance data. … Launching other systems, such as ATACMS, for example, also relies on space reconnaissance data, targets are identified and automatically communicated to the relevant crews that may not even realize what exactly they are putting in. A crew, maybe even a Ukrainian crew, then puts in the corresponding launch mission. However, the mission is put together by representatives of NATO countries, not the Ukrainian military.

The point Putin was making can be summarized like this:

  • The long-range precision weapons (ATACMS) are provided by the US.
  • The long-range precision weapons are manned by experts or contractors from the US.
  • The long-range precision weapons must be linked to space reconnaissance data provide by the US or NATO
  • The targets in Russia are also provided by space reconnaissance data provide by the US or NATO

In other words, the long-range missiles are made by NATO, furnished by NATO, operated and launched by NATO contractors, whose targets are selected by NATO experts using space reconnaissance data provided by NATO. In every respect, the firing of long-range precision weapons at targets in Russia, is a NATO-US operation. The fact that the system may have been located on Ukrainian soil does not mitigate Washington’s role in the aggression. Bottom line: Putin will defend his country against foreign aggression in the same way that any US president would defend America.

Naturally, Biden’s critics have said that his actions are pushing the US towards World War III. (which is true) But what is equally shocking is that Biden has been informed by his top advisors that using the ATACMS would have no material impact on the outcome of the war which is already a ‘lost cause’. (Russian troops are currently advancing at the fastest pace since the war began while Ukraine’s frontlines continue to collapse.) The only effect the policy-change will have is to put US and NATO military assets and bases at greater risk. Biden was aware of this when he made his decision which further illustrates his inability to grasp the consequences of his actions.

So what can we expect now that Biden has forced Putin to respond?

First of all, we can expect Putin to continue to press ahead until he has liberated the Donbas and achieved the strategic aims of the Special Military Operation. And while the use of long-range missiles will not hamper Russia’s progress on the battlefield, it will force Moscow to expand the buffer zone that will separate the two adversaries pushing deeper into western Ukraine in order to protect Russian cities from missile attacks. Some analysts think that Putin will seize all of the territory “east of the Dnieper River, as well as the Black Sea coastal regions all the way to the Danube.” This seems probable but tragic all the same. Ukraine will be a perennial economic basket-case with no access to the sea, forever dependent on the generosity of foreign governments. What a waste. Here’s more from Will Schryver:

…. when the realization of this objective draws nearer and nearer to being a fait accompli, we can be almost certain that the empire and its obeisant European vassals will do something stupid and bring to pass some level of direct warfare between them and the Russians. If and when that happens, then we will see the Russians finally move decisively against the US/NATO ISR assets in the region. And they will do so with at least two full years of battlefield experience, careful observations of its weaknesses, and competent adaptation and innovation cultivated by that analysis. Patiently Waiting to Strike, Will Schryver@imetatronink

IMHO, Trump is just as likely to “do something stupid” as Biden due to his feeble understanding of the conflicts’ origins and his blundering eagerness to impose a deal on Putin that Putin will undoubtedly reject. After two years and much bloodshed, the war in Ukraine is going to be settled on Russia’s terms, not Washingtons. Ukraine is going to be neutral or it’s going to be obliterated. Those are the only two options. If Trump thinks Putin will allow western Ukraine to continue to be armed-to-the-teeth by the West and serve as a hostile American outpost on Russia’s border, he’s got another think coming.

While Biden’s policy turnaround was a surprise it was not completely unexpected. In August, the Ukrainians launched an offensive into the Kursk region, where they burned villages, ransacked homes and seized a sizable chunk of Russian territory. For a while the forces seemed to be unstoppable, wreaking havoc and destruction wherever they went. Three months later, however, Ukraine’s splinter army is surrounded and taking heavy casualties. It’s only a matter of time before they are killed or defeated, which is why—according to the New York Times—Biden approved the use of the long-range missiles systems:

“If the Russian assault on Ukrainian forces in Kursk succeeds”, says the Times, “Kyiv could end up having little to no Russian territory to offer Moscow in a trade.” Later in the article, the authors add this: “(Biden) was… swayed, by concerns that the Russian assault force would be able to overwhelm Ukrainian troops in Kursk if they were not allowed to defend themselves with long-range weapons.” (NY Times)

In short, the future of the doomed assault force (that unwisely invaded Russia in August) has factored heavily into Biden’s decision to green light the use of long-range missiles. But it seems particularly delusional that anyone would think that Putin would negotiate to reclaim Russian territory or that he would halt his offensive because a few missiles hit targets in Russia. That’s just not going to happen. Putin did not want this war, and did everything in his power to avoid it, but now that Russia is involved, he is going to move heaven-and-earth to prevail. As we said earlier, the ATACMS will have no impact on the outcome of the war at all.

It’s also worth noting, that no missile system, air force or army is capable of beating Russia in its own backyard. That should have been obvious from the beginning but, of course, the critics of the war were banned from the cable news channels that have become the lone purview of retired generals, recycled neocons and other war-mongering fantasists. Even now these armchair warlords think we must intensify the conflict to “teach Putin a lesson” and restore the battered image of the withering Empire. The fact is, however, that direct NATO involvement would not have made a bit of difference in the eventual outcome because Russia presently has over 1 million men who have experienced high-intensity warfare, an industrial base that is geared for the production of weaponry, bombs and munitions, and an ironclad strategic alliance with the world’s undisputed economic powerhouse (China) that will certainly come to Moscow’s aid if push-comes-to-shove. Here’s more from Schryver:

I continue to be convinced the US/NATO could never win and will never fight a war against Russia in eastern Europe – unless the #EmpireAtAllCosts death cult somehow seizes the reins of power, in which case, it will become the biggest catastrophe in US military history, and very possibly result in a civilization-ending nuclear war.

For me, one of the most intriguing aspects of the unprecedented levels of propaganda beclouding the ongoing Ukraine War is the incessant claim, from the very beginning, of the alleged strategic, tactical, and logistical ineptitude of the Russian military….

Never mind the numerous reports from western mercenaries and foreign legion volunteers who managed to escape back to their home countries after very brief and terrifying “tours of duty” in Ukraine, all of whom relate similar accounts.

They talk about encountering overwhelming firepower for the first time in their military careers, and they soberly warn anyone else thinking of embarking on a “safari” to kill Russians that it was “nothing like Iraq” and they feel very lucky to have made it out alive – often without ever firing their weapon, nor having even seen a Russian soldier.

Never mind also the fact that there are few if any conscripts among the Russian forces fighting in Ukraine, and few if any reports in Russian independent media sources of demoralized, under-supplied Russian battalions in any theater of the war.

Quite to the contrary, every indication I have seen suggests that Russian morale is sky high, both among the soldiers doing the fighting and the Russian public at home….

And with that preface, let’s turn to the primary question: could NATO fight and win a war against the Russians on this same battlefield?

My answer is an emphatic NO – for three distinct but equally disqualifying reasons:

1– There is zero persuasive evidence that NATO soldiers, weaponry, training, logistics, and command are superior to that of the Russians.

2– Sufficient NATO forces could NEVER be assembled, equipped, and sustained to defeat the Russians in their own backyard.

3– The very attempt to concentrate sufficient US forces in the region in order to take on the Russians would very likely result in the disintegration of the global American Empire and its massive network of overseas bases – thereby rapidly accelerating the already-in-progress transition to a multipolar world.

…..if NATO had to go to war today against The Return of Industrial Warfare Russia, and all their troops and equipment could be magically teleported to the battlefield, they simply could not sustain high-intensity conflict for more than about a month, as this excellent analysis persuasively argues: The Return of Industrial Warfare.

The zealous disciples of indisputable American military supremacy will undoubtedly reply: “Overwhelming American air power alone would devastate Russian military capabilities in a matter of days; a couple weeks at most.”

The average Call of Duty warrior believes such nonsense, but I’m confident very few in the Pentagon harbor such delusions.

To the contrary, they understand perfectly well that Russian best-in-class air defenses would shred attempted US/NATO airstrikes. It would be a stunning massacre, the results of which after even the first 48 hours would see wiser heads calling for an immediate cessation of hostilities.

Not only that, but even attempted, but catastrophically failed NATO airstrikes against Russia would result in a massive series of counterstrikes against NATO bases and warships at distances never seen in previous wars. It would be a no-holds-barred affair.

Staging areas in Poland and Romania would be hit first and hardest, but strikes would very likely range over all of Europe and the Mediterranean. Russian missiles and submarines would sink several ships within hours, including, almost certainly, a US carrier.

This, of course, is the nightmare scenario – one which very conceivably risks an escalation to nuclear war.

One final observation on this whole notion of the US/NATO making war against Russia:

People neglect to consider the fact that US forces are dispersed all around the world, in over 750 foreign bases of varying sizes and strategic importance. In other words, most fail to appreciate the fact that US military might is highly diluted, and the only way to possibly concentrate a force sufficient to take on the Russians would be to literally evacuate almost every significant US base on the planet.

Japan, Korea, Guam, Syria, Turkey, multiple African nations, etc. A massive power vacuum would be created all around the world and would constitute an irresistible temptation for “hostile powers” to exploit. It would spell the end of American global empire and hegemony. The United States Could Not Win and Will Not Fight a War Against Russia, Will Schryver, Substack

So, if you were waiting for the end of US hegemony; wait no longer. It’s already here.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from TUR

Bill of Impeachment Against Biden to Prevent World War III

November 19th, 2024 by Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene

Below is a screenshot of the H. Res. 57, Impeaching Joseph R. Biden, President of the United States, for abuse of power by enabling bribery and other high crimes and misdemeanors.

Dear Readers,

this Resolution which dates back to January 21, 2021, while referring to the Hunter-Biden issue,  is nonetheless relevant to the current context.

It is essential that the US Congress take action against Biden’s initiative to trigger World War III

.

.

.

.

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Our thanks to Prof. Francis Boyle for bringing this to our attention.

Grass fed and grain-fed cattle follow dramatically different paths after their first 7 to 9 months. Grass fed cattle continue grazing naturally until 20 to 28 months, while grain-fed are moved to feedlots and fattened rapidly with corn and soy-based diets until 15 to 18 months

Conventional feedlot operations expose cattle to numerous chemicals including antibiotics, growth hormones, pesticides in feed, and routine vaccinations — with pesticide residues in animal feed allowed to be up to 100 times higher than what’s permitted in human-consumed grains

Grain-fed beef can contain higher levels of phytoestrogens and other endocrine-disrupting compounds due to soy and grain-based feeds, while grass fed beef naturally contains lower levels of these potentially harmful substances

Grass fed beef offers superior nutrition with up to twice the riboflavin, three times the thiamine, four times the vitamin E, and 1.5 to 3 times more conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) compared to grain-fed beef

Contrary to common belief, regenerative grazing practices can increase livestock carrying capacity by 50% to 70% compared to continuous grazing, while also improving soil health, biodiversity, and carbon sequestration

*

In an era where food choices can significantly impact both personal and environmental health, the distinction between grass fed and grain-fed beef has never been more relevant. While all beef provides essential nutrients, the way cattle are raised creates meaningful differences in the final product’s nutritional profile and environmental impact.

As consumers become more conscious about their food choices, understanding these differences becomes crucial for making informed decisions about the meat we put on our plates.

The Tale of Two Systems: Understanding Modern Cattle Raising

The journey of beef from farm to plate follows two distinctly different paths in modern agriculture. Both grass fed and grain-fed cattle begin life similarly — nursing from their mothers and grazing freely for their first 7 to 9 months. However, their paths diverge dramatically after this initial phase, leading to significant differences in the final product.

Conventional cattle are transferred to feedlots, often confined to small stalls where they receive a high energy, corn and soy-based diet (with other components that have the potential to alter the fatty acid profile of beef — not what we want! More about that later in the article).

These animals are rapidly fattened and typically sent to slaughter at 15 to 18 months, weighing 1,200 to 1,500 pounds. Imagine spending your days on the couch with little movement, eating processed foods your body wasn’t really designed to consume — of course you would gain weight rapidly!

In contrast, grass fed cattle continue their natural grazing lifestyle with regular movement, reaching slaughter weight more slowly — usually between 20 to 28 months at 1,000 to 1,300 pounds, depending on pasture quality and grazing management.

This difference represents more than just timing — it reflects two fundamentally different agricultural philosophies: regenerative versus conventional farming. The term ‘conventional agriculture’ is somewhat misleading, as this industrial approach, characterized by mass production methods and heavy use of synthetic chemicals, only became widespread in the mid-20th century (only about ~70 years ago!).

Perhaps more accurate terms would be ‘industrial agriculture’ or ‘degenerative agriculture,’ standing in stark contrast to regenerative systems that work in harmony with natural processes.

On the one hand, we have naturally raised animals who rarely get sick. This is because they eat a natural diet, have plenty of exercise and space, are moved to fresh patches of grass with fresh air, aren’t confined, and aren’t exposed to manure and parasites due to regular rotations of the livestock with moveable fencing. Animals raised this way do not need routine vaccinations or pharmaceuticals.

On the other hand, there are conventionally raised animals who are likely to get sick without pharmaceutical interventions. This is because they eat an unnatural diet when in the feedlot, live in crowded living spaces, are not able to exercise or breathe fresh air. Animals raised this way would not produce food or survive without routine vaccinations and antibiotics.

The Hidden Toxin Story

One of the most compelling reasons to choose grass fed beef lies in what you won’t find in it. Feedlot operations, or CAFOs (Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations), rely heavily on chemical interventions to maintain animal health and manage pests in crowded conditions.

“Feed yards house thousands of cattle in relatively small areas, approximately 20 sq. meters per head. To maintain cattle health and maximize growth among high densities of animals, many countries (USA, Australia, South Africa, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, and Chile) rely heavily on veterinary pharmaceuticals.

In these countries, more than 90% of all feed yards treat cattle with antibiotics, 85% use β−agonists, and over 80% use synthetic anabolic steroids. Antibiotics, β−agonists, and melengestrol acetate (progesterone-like steroid) are administered to cattle via feed, whereas the primary route of administration for other growth-promoting steroids is slow release implant.”1

The chemical exposure doesn’t stop there. The Environmental Working Group estimates that a staggering 167 million pounds of pesticides are used annually just to grow animal feed (GMO and non-GMO) in the United States. Even more concerning, the allowed glyphosate residues in animal feed can be more than 100 times higher than what’s permitted in human-consumed grains, with red meat allowed to contain 20 times more than most plant crops.2

These chemicals don’t simply disappear. Pesticides can accumulate in animals’ fatty tissues over time,3 creating a concentrated source of exposure for consumers. Additionally, the prevalence of GMO crops in livestock feed introduces another layer of potential concern as trace amounts of these substances could potentially be present in the final beef product.

Currently, there are no requirements to label beef products as containing GMOs based on the animal’s feed.4 The CAFO environment itself necessitates numerous chemical interventions:

  • Insecticides for fly control
  • Dewormers for parasite management
  • Vaccines and antibiotics for disease prevention (a long list of ‘routine vaccinations’ are very common in conventional beef systems)
  • Rodenticides and other pest control agents

This chemical-dependent approach starkly contrasts with regenerative farming practices that focus on preventing health issues through natural management methods.

The Endocrine Disruption Connection

Perhaps most concerning is the potential endocrine-disrupting effects of conventionally raised beef.

Certain pesticides used in feed production are known endocrine disruptors, which are chemicals that interfere with the endocrine system, which regulates hormones in the body. These chemicals can mimic, block, or alter natural hormones, potentially causing developmental, reproductive, neurological, and immune issues.

In addition to pesticides, phytoestrogen levels in feedlot and grain-finished beef can be higher — causing further disruption to endocrine systems. Phytoestrogens are plant-derived compounds that can mimic or influence estrogen activity in the body (and we often do not need more estrogen in modern times). Phytoestrogens in high doses may cause hormonal abnormalities in both men and women as well as children.5

The data promoting the use of phytoestrogen consumption (like flax) is from epidemiological studies and have not been replicated in a clinical setting. And there is data in the thermography world demonstrating that a high phytoestrogen diet causes more complications for cancer.6

Grain-based feeds, particularly those containing legumes like soybeans, or supplemental flax seeds, can be high in phytoestrogens. Cattle in feedlots are often fed diets that include higher levels of phytoestrogens, leading to higher phytoestrogen exposure compared to grass fed cattle.7

Phytoestrogens consumed by livestock can accumulate in their tissues, including meat and fat. The concentration of these compounds in animal products depends on the amount and duration of exposure through feed.8

Grain-fed cattle may also be exposed to other estrogenic compounds beyond phytoestrogens. For example, zearalenone, a mold toxin that can act as a mycoestrogen, may be present in moldy grains fed to feedlot cattle.

While estrogen-mimicking compounds are generally low in beef products compared to some other food sources, grain-fed beef may have higher levels of estrogenic compounds due to the feed composition. So if you are struggling with estrogen dominance symptoms, being mindful of beef sourcing can help with hormonal rebalance.

Grass fed beef is generally expected to have lower levels of phytoestrogens and other estrogenic compounds due to the animals’ diet being primarily composed of grasses rather than grains and legumes.

While there aren’t many studies investigating the quantitative comparison of phytoestrogen levels in feedlot versus grass fed beef, some data suggest that grain-finished beef from feedlots is more likely to contain higher levels of phytoestrogens and other estrogenic compounds in their meat and fat compared to grass fed beef. This is primarily due to the differences in feed composition and potential exposure to various estrogenic substances in the feedlot environment.

The Nutritional Advantage

Grass fed beef doesn’t just have fewer undesirable compounds — it offers superior nutrition. Studies have found nearly twice the riboflavin and three times the thiamine concentrations in grass-finished beef compared to grain-finished.9 Moreover, grass fed beef can contain up to four times more vitamin E than beef from feedlot cattle.10

Further, the conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) content is particularly impressive, with levels 1.5 to 3 times higher in pasture-raised meat and dairy products.11 CLA has anticarcinogenic and anti-adipogenic properties. The benefits extend to consumers, as research shows that eating pasture-raised animal products elevates serum CLA concentrations in humans.12

The Remarkable World of Phytonutrients

One of the most fascinating aspects of grass fed beef is its phytonutrient content. While we typically associate phytochemicals with plant foods, meat from pastured animals contains significant levels of these beneficial compounds.13

Phytochemicals are secondary compounds found in fruits and vegetables that are well documented to have a number of health benefits. For example, terpenoids are a class of phytochemicals that have anti-inflammatory, antiviral, and anticarcinogenic properties.14 Polyphenols are well documented to exert strong in vivo anti-inflammatory effects in both animals and humans.

Other therapeutic benefits of phenols include protection again various cancers, hepatic disorders, cardiovascular disease, neurodegenerative diseases, Type 2 diabetes, obesity, improved immune function, and gut microbial composition.15

Importantly, the phytonutrient content varies significantly based on grazing practices. Animals grazing on diverse pastures accumulate both higher amounts and a wider variety of phytochemicals in their meat compared to those on monoculture pastures or grain-based diets.16This highlights the importance of not just grass-feeding, but ensuring cattle have access to diverse, nutrient-rich pastures.

.

grass fed grain fed cattle

.

“Animals grazing more botanically diverse pastures accumulate both higher amounts and a wider variety … phytochemicals in their meat and milk compared to animals grazing non-diverse (i.e., monoculture) pastures, while concentrations of phytochemicals are further reduced — and often remain undetected — in the meat and milk of animals fed grain-based diets in feedlots.”17

While total phytonutrient concentration is higher in plant foods, the contribution of phytochemicals from pasture-raised meat and milk to overall dietary intake should not be underestimated. Consuming plant foods is of course important, but consuming phytochemically-rich meat will provide us with a spectrum of phytonutrients from classes of plants otherwise not readily consumed by humans.

The Revolutionary Impact of Regenerative Grazing

Regenerative grazing practices represent a fundamental shift in livestock management. This approach, also known as Adaptive Multi-Paddock (AMP) grazing, involves rotating animals through multiple smaller paddocks within a pasture. This method mimics natural grazing patterns of wild herbivores and offers numerous environmental benefits:

  • Enhanced soil health and fertility
  • Improved carbon sequestration
  • Reduced parasite exposure for livestock
  • Increased biodiversity
  • Better water retention
  • Enhanced nutrient density in the final product

These practices create a virtuous cycle where healthier soil leads to more nutritious forage, which in turn produces healthier animals and more nutritious meat.

.

it's not the cow it's the how

.

The Fat Factor

The fat composition of beef tells another important story. Before we dive into types of fats, let’s first address the overall fat content. Feedlots have significantly increased the fat composition of ruminant animals like cows, resulting in meat that’s much fattier than what was historically consumed. Wild animals, by contrast, are naturally lean.

Modern feedlots rely on energy-dense feeds and restrict livestock movement, promoting rapid weight gain and increased fat deposits. This raises the question: Are today’s super-fatty ribeye steaks from CAFO beef truly “ancestral”?

Now, when it comes to the type of fat in beef, this is where beef differ from chickens and pigs (who have a single stomach). The fat of all ruminant animals have relatively low levels of linoleic acid (LA), even if they are eating some higher omega-6 PUFA sources. This is because their stomach has a ‘biohydrogenation chamber’ that contains bacteria that can convert the high LA fat they eat from grains and seeds into saturated and monounsaturated fats.

While all ruminant animals naturally convert some dietary fats through biohydrogenation, the final fatty acid profile still differs between grass fed and grain-fed beef. Research by the Weston A. Price Foundation found that grass fed tallow contains 45% less total polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), 66% less omega-6 linoleic acid, and 36% more saturated fat stearic acid.18

This fat composition difference becomes particularly relevant in the context of modern diets, which already often contain excessive amounts of omega-6 fatty acids. What’s more — there is ongoing research on how the PUFA content of cows can be increased even more! Based on the false premise that saturated fats are bad for us, and PUFAs are good for us.

This research of dairy fatty acid manipulation started in the 1980s — “Interest in manipulating the fat content of milk was in full force entering the 1980s. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans published in 1980 by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Agriculture (USDA) emphasized reductions in total fat, saturated fat, and cholesterol.”19

Rumen bypass or “rumen escape” technology is used to protect proteins and lipids from degradation in the rumen, allowing them to be digested more efficiently in the small intestine and altering the fatty acid composition.20 Attempting to bypass the natural biohydrogenation process in the rumen!

A few methods that can lead to PUFAs bypassing the rumen include high levels of distillers grains in the diet,21 calcium soaps of fatty acids to protect PUFAs from the ruminal biohydrogenation,22 and the inclusion of various other whole, treated or protected oilseeds like whole cottonseed, roasted soybeans, canola seed, sunflower seeds, flaxseeds.23

Calcium soaps have been used with soybean oil (rich in linoleic acid) to maximize the delivery of omega-6 fatty acids to the duodenum for absorption.24 The use of rumen bypass techniques allow for more of the dietary linoleic acid to be absorbed intact and incorporated into the beef25 — not what we want!

Some studies do not measure the linoleic acid change in the meat, but it is likely that feeding rumen-protected oilseeds would increase the linoleic acid content beyond normal confinement beef levels.

There is also research into using transgenic techniques to modify fat content in animal products, including beef,26 which involves genetically modifying the animals themselves. Why can’t we just leave Mother Nature alone? We will never out smart her!

The Metabolic Health Connection

The health of the animal directly impacts the quality of its meat. Research shows that pen-finished animals display elevated glucose metabolites, triglycerides, markers of oxidative stress, and proteolysis compared to pasture-finished animals.27,28 Extended grain feeding can lead to insulin resistance in ruminants,29 and studies have documented different energetic levels between grass fed and grain-fed animals.30

.

meat science

.

While the full implications for human health are still being studied, some research suggests that consuming products from pasture-fed cattle may have different metabolic effects compared to those from grain-fed cattle.31 This raises important questions about how the metabolic health of livestock might influence the metabolic health of consumers.

When an animal has poor metabolic health, detoxification systems are downregulated. Add on top of that, higher bacterial and toxin load when in confinement, and that is a recipe to get sick! So of course a long list of ‘routine vaccinations’ and regular antibiotic use are required to maintain health!

The Antibiotic Challenge

The confined conditions of feedlots often necessitate routine use of antibiotics, with water bowls being a common administration route. An estimated 50% to 60% of feedlot cattle receive low-level antibiotics during feeding,32 used both for growth promotion and disease prevention in crowded conditions.33 This routine antibiotic use contributes to growing concerns about antibiotic resistance in both animal and human populations. Common antibiotics used in cattle feedlots include:34

  • Tetracyclines (e.g. oxytetracycline)
  • Macrolides (e.g. tylosin, erythromycin)
  • Florfenicol (Florkem)
  • Tulathromycin (Draxxin)
  • Ceftiofur (Excede)

Antibiotic-resistant bacteria have been found in feedlot water bowls, even before cattle arrive, indicating environmental reservoirs.35 Moreover, the water bowls can become hotspots for the spread of antibiotic resistance genes between different bacterial species.36,37 Resistant bacteria in water bowls may then transfer resistance genes to pathogens that cause bovine respiratory disease.38

It’s important to note that practices may vary between different countries and regions, and efforts are being made in some areas to reduce antibiotic use in livestock production.

It is also important to note that there is a huge difference in using pharmaceutical interventions to keep an animal alive or on an as-needed basis, versus a large list of ‘routine vaccinations’ or ‘regular antibiotics’ to prevent future health problems due to infrastructure set up. However, there are consequences to constantly trying to fight Mother Nature!

But Grass Fed Requires More Space!

This oversimplified view misses crucial nuances in grass fed farming — management practices make all the difference!

As highlighted in van Vliet et al. (2021): “Management practices that use ecological principles can increase the carrying capacity of livestock by 50% to 70% compared to continuous (largely unmanaged) grazing … There is also potential for increased carrying capacity from multi-species grazing with little dietary overlap.

For instance, integrating cattle with sheep, goats, and pigs and/or potentially other feed-conversion-efficient herbivores such as ducks, geese, and rabbits can improve animal productivity compared to grazing single species … This synergy is achieved because different species exploit different ecological niches and one species can increase resource availability for another species …

Greater diversification of livestock can allow for more efficient use of the resources provided by a particular ecosystem. For example, goats and sheep readily eat species of forbs, shrubs and trees that large herbivores like cattle and bison often avoid, while larger herbivores can better utilize lower quality forage compared to small herbivores such as sheep and goats.”39

The untapped potential is enormous. Most pastures are underutilized, and we’re overlooking a major opportunity: millions of acres of row crop fields sit idle for 4 to 8 months each year. By introducing cover crops and grazing cattle between harvests, we could dramatically increase available pastureland while enhancing soil health and agricultural sustainability.

Rather than cramming more animals into industrial facilities, let’s embrace holistic management practices. By enhancing pasture productivity and creating integrated farming enterprises, we can boost both environmental sustainability and farmer profitability — a win-win solution that benefits animals, land, and agricultural communities.

According to the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), current agricultural output is sufficient to meet the caloric needs of approximately 12 billion people, while the global population is around 8 billion, indicating a surplus of food production.40,41

Meaning, already produce enough food to feed 1.5 times the world population — we don’t need to focus on maximizing quantity at the expense of quality! Focus instead needs to be improving infrastructure and distribution.

Making an Informed Choice

The price difference between conventional and grass fed beef often raises eyebrows, but understanding the “why” behind this cost difference reveals the true value proposition. Grass fed cattle take longer to reach market weight (20 to 28 months versus 15 to 18 months for grain-fed), requiring more time, land, and careful management.

This extended timeline, combined with the intensive pasture management needed for regenerative grazing (daily moves, if not 2 to 3 times a day!), contributes to the higher price point.

However, when we consider the broader picture — lower toxin exposure, enhanced nutrient density, superior fat composition, and healthier animals — the premium price of grass fed beef becomes an investment in both personal and environmental health rather than merely an expense.

While all beef provides essential nutrients like zinc, B vitamins, and creatine, grass fed beef from regenerative farming systems offers these nutrients in a package with fewer concerning compounds and additional beneficial substances like phytonutrients.

For those working within budget constraints, it’s reassuring to know that conventional beef still provides valuable nutrition. The choice doesn’t have to be all-or-nothing — incorporating grass fed beef when possible while choosing conventional beef at other times can be a practical approach to balancing nutrition, sustainability, and budget considerations.

The key is making informed decisions based on your personal circumstances while understanding the real differences between these two products.

The higher cost of grass fed beef reflects not just the extended raising time, but also the investment in regenerative farming practices that benefit soil health, animal welfare, and ultimately, human health. When viewed through this lens, the price premium becomes more understandable — it’s the true cost of producing beef in harmony with natural systems rather than forcing nature to conform to industrial efficiency.

How to Get Started

Ready to support regenerative ranching? Start by connecting with local farmers through trusted directories like Eat Wild, Local Harvest, or the Regenerative Farmers of America farm map.

Can’t find a farm nearby? Premium producers like White Oak Pastures, Alderspring Ranch, and Nourish Food Club deliver 100% grass fed, regeneratively raised beef directly to your home, making sustainable choices convenient no matter where you live.

Plus, you can save money while maximizing nutrition by choosing budget-friendly cuts of beef. Ground beef offers versatility, while “tough cuts” like shanks, roasts, and cheeks transform into incredibly tender meat when braised low and slow. These affordable options are particularly rich in gelatin, providing a well-rounded amino acid profile that many premium cuts lack.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Ashley Armstrong is the co-founder of Angel Acres Food Club, which specializes in low-PUFA (polyunsaturated fat) eggs that are shipped to all 50 states, and Nourish Food Club, which ships 100% grass fed, vaccine-free, regeneratively raised beef and lamb, plus low-PUFA pork and chicken, A2 dairy and cheese, and traditional sourdough to all 50 states. Waitlists will reopen shortly.

Ukrainian soldiers leave their positions as soon as Russian military personnel appear, Ukrainian media reported, citing an officer of the Armed Forces of Ukraine. This situation has become so prevalent that it is believed that more than 100,000 Ukrainians have abandoned their positions and left the fighting, meaning that the Kiev regime’s drive to alleviate the catastrophic manpower shortage failed.

Many experts consider recent times to be some of the worst for Ukraine since the conflict began, as for months, the Ukrainian military has been constantly retreating, sometimes losing several villages in one day.

In this context, social media is full of videos of recruitment officers forcibly conscripting civilians into the military, catching them and beating them. In fact, recently, a video appeared of a man in uniform shooting a civilian who was running away from him.

The cited officer also revealed the low morale among the mostly forcibly deployed Ukrainian soldiers.

“As soon as the Russians enter our trench, our men leave and run away,” the Ukrainian officer complained.

He noted that Ukrainian soldiers are abandoning their positions not only due to insufficient training but also because they are not confident that artillery will help them.

“If the enemy gets within 50 metres of you and your artillery is silent and your drones are not flying, you will feel like you are alone, without support,” the officer explained.

Earlier, the media reported that Ukrainian army servicemen are now deserting in groups and not individually as before.

In late October, a member of the Ukrainian parliament, Anna Skorokhod, said that more than 100,000 Ukrainian servicemen had already deserted the Armed Forces or left their units without authorization.

“I will not tell you the [exact] number of people who deserted and went AWOL but will say it is over 100,000 (…) People are raising questions that I cannot provide answers to. ‘Why must I, a repair shop worker from just a month ago, sit in the trenches while senior officers are far away from the front line? Why are just 10% to 15% of the army personnel actually participating in combat?’” she said.

Her comment followed that of military lawyer Roman Lykhachev, who revealed that “definitely more than 100,000 servicemen” have already deserted their positions. 

Earlier this month, Solomiia Bobrovska, a member of the Ukrainian parliament and on the parliament’s defence committee, said that the Ukrainian authorities would not be able to implement the mobilization plan by the end of the year. She also admitted that the process of mobilizing citizens into the Ukrainian Army has been slowing down since September and confirmed that service members from the Air Force had to be transferred to infantry units because of large losses.

Ukrainian defences in Donbass are collapsing due to a shortage of fighters and ammunition, which has allowed Russian troops to step up attacks. This is especially true after the Kiev regime redirected resources to reinforce its invasion of Russia’s Kursk Oblast. The most important resource redirected to Kursk were elite Ukrainian soldiers, a move that is especially baffling considering the manpower shortage on the eastern front.

The manpower shortage is so bad that the Kiev regime has turned to citizens outside of Ukraine as a recruitment source. However, efforts to extend the mobilization drive beyond Ukraine’s borders have failed.

RMF24 reported that an effort to create a military detachment of Ukrainians living in Poland, which was supposed to be staffed and trained in the country, was disastrous. According to the Polish radio station, the number of Ukrainians willing to join a volunteer unit is very small, despite Kiev having previously said that at least 500 men in Poland were ready to fight on the front.

“Less than 30 people are ready for training. In practice, few Ukrainians are willing to fight. This means that training in Poland has not started and will not start if this situation continues,” the radio said.

The Kiev regime wants to draft another 160,000 troops into its military as Russia continues to capture territory in the east. However, Ukrainians who have already fled the country are evidently not interested in returning to fight, whilst Ukrainians unable to escape the country and forcibly recruited are deserting their positions.

Ukrainians are not naïve and understand that once Donald Trump becomes president in January, the US, the largest donor of aid to Ukraine, will begin rescinding support, which will turn what is already a desperate situation even worse.

At the same time, with the temperature in Ukraine plummeting week by week, the nightmarish situation for Ukrainian troops will deepen. These two factors have sucked what very little morale was left in Ukrainians, and it can be expected that desertions will continue to increase during the winter.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

The largest COVID-19 vaccine autopsy study to date has been republished in a peer-reviewed journal — after twice being censored, according to Nicolas Hulscher, the paper’s lead author and an epidemiologist at the McCullough Foundation.

Science, Public Health Policy and the Law on Nov. 17 published the study, which had been previously withdrawn from Preprints with The Lancet and Forensic Science International.

Hulscher told The Defender the study’s republication signals a “pivotal victory for transparency and accountability in science.” It also marks “a significant setback” for actors in the biopharmaceutical complex and “their Academic Publishing Cartel,” Hulscher said.

Hulscher’s co-authors include Dr. Harvey Risch, Dr. Peter A. McCullough and Dr. William Makis.

.

Click here to read the full report.

.

Hulscher told The Defender the study provides “robust evidence that COVID-19 vaccines can cause death. This means that the FDA’s [U.S. Food and Drug Administration] criteria for a Class I recall have been fulfilled, warranting an immediate market withdrawal.”

The FDA defines a Class I product recall as “a situation in which there is a reasonable probability that the use of or exposure to a violative product will cause serious adverse health consequences or death.”

Risch, professor emeritus of epidemiology at the Yale School of Public Health, told The Defender that the COVID-19 vaccine spike protein “can stay around in some people and continue to do inflammatory damage in any site where it gets to through the bloodstream.”

In ‘Striking Act of Censorship’ Publishers Withdraw Study, Shut Down Debate

The study’s publication in Science, Public Health Policy and the Law is the latest twist in an ongoing saga as the authors have tried to get their research out to the public and scientific community, Hulscher wrote on Substack.

The study results were first made public on July 5, 2023, as a preprint with The Lancet on SSRN, an open-access research platform.

However, Preprints with The Lancet removed the study from the server within 24 hours, posting a statement that the study’s conclusions were “not supported by the study methodology,” The Daily Sceptic reported.

McCullough told The Epoch Times that the study was experiencing “hundreds of reviews per minute” before its removal.

Preprint servers offer a place for the public to view scientific reports and papers while they undergo peer review, making scientific findings available immediately and for free and opening them up to broader public debate.

The authors subsequently posted on the Zenodo preprint server, while the review underwent peer review at Forensic Science International. It was downloaded over 130,000 times.

On June 21, 2024, after successful peer review, Forensic Science International published the study.

Within weeks, the study became the top trending research paper worldwide across all subject areas, according to the Observatory of International Research, Hulscher recalled.

.

.

“Unfortunately,” Hulscher wrote on Substack, “in a striking act of censorship, Elsevier and Forensic Science International withdrew the article on August 2nd, 2024 in flagrant violation of their own withdrawal policy and COPE guidelines.”

He said they “left no traces behind, completely wiping our paper from the webpage.”

Elsevier and Forensic Science International said that “members of the scientific community” — who remained anonymous, Hulscher pointed out — cited numerous concerns about the study, including inappropriate citation references, inappropriate methodological design and a lack of factual support for its conclusions.

The concerns were “unfounded,” Hulscher wrote. The study authors wrote a rebuttal defending their study and submitted a revised manuscript. However, Elsevier and Forensic Science International rejected the revised manuscript.

Hulscher noted that Elsevier and Forensic Science International “failed to follow the proper scientific discourse method of allowing debate in Letters to the Editor.” Instead, they shut down the possibility of debate by censoring the study.

“This type of academic censorship poses a serious threat to the progress of scientific discovery,” he said.

73.9% of Deaths Reviewed by Authors Linked to COVID Vaccines

As The Defender previously reported, the study authors did a systematic review of studies on autopsy findings following COVID-19 vaccination.

They first searched PubMed and ScienceDirect for all published autopsy and necropsy — another word for autopsy — reports related to COVID-19 vaccination in which the death occurred after vaccination.

They screened out 562 duplicate studies among the 678 studies initially identified in their search. Other papers were removed because they lacked information about vaccination status.

Ultimately, they evaluated 44 papers containing 325 autopsies and one necropsy case. Three physicians independently reviewed each case and adjudicated whether or not the COVID-19 shot was the direct cause or contributed significantly to the death reported.

They found 240 of the deaths (73.9%) were found to be “directly due to or significantly contributed to by COVID-19 vaccination.” The mean age for death was 70.4 years old.

Primary causes of death included sudden cardiac death, which happened in 35% of cases, pulmonary embolism and myocardial infarction, which occurred in 12.5% and 12% of the cases respectively.

Other causes included vaccine-induced immune thrombotic thrombocytopenia, myocarditis,multisystem inflammatory syndrome and cerebral hemorrhage.

Most deaths occurred within a week of the last shot.

The authors concluded that because the deaths were highly consistent with the known mechanisms for COVID-19 vaccine injury, it was highly likely the deaths were causally linked to the vaccine.

They said the findings “amplify” existing concerns about the vaccines, including those related to vaccine-induced myocarditis and myocardial infarction and the effects of the spike protein more broadly.

They also said the studies have implications for unanticipated deaths among vaccinated people with no previous illness. “We can infer that in such cases, death may have been caused by COVID-19 vaccination,” they wrote.

The authors acknowledged some potential biases in the article.

First, they said, their conclusions from the autopsy findings are based on an evolving understanding of the vaccines, which are currently different from when the studies evaluated were published.

They also noted that systematic reviews have bias potential in general because of biases that may exist at the level of the individual papers and their acceptance into the peer-reviewed literature.

They said publication bias could have affected their results because the global push for mass vaccination has made investigators hesitant to report adverse events.

They also said their research did not account for confounding variables like concomitant illnesses, drug interactions and other factors that may have had a causal role in the reported deaths.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Suzanne Burdick, Ph.D., is a reporter and researcher for The Defender based in Fairfield, Iowa.

Featured image is from CHD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Fury in Russia at Missile Move But Putin So Far Silent

November 19th, 2024 by Steve Rosenberg

President Biden’s decision to allow Ukraine to strike inside Russia with long-range missiles supplied by the US has sparked a furious response in Russia.

“Departing US president Joe Biden… has taken one of the most provocative, uncalculated decisions of his administration, which risks catastrophic consequences,” declared the website of the Russian government newspaper Rossiyskaya Gazeta on Monday morning.

Russian MP Leonid Slutsky, head of the pro-Kremlin Liberal-Democratic Party, predicted that the decision would “inevitably lead to a serious escalation, threatening serious consequences”.

Russian senator Vladimir Dzhabarov called it “an unprecedented step towards World War Three”.

Anger, yes. But no real surprise.

Komsomolskaya Pravda, the pro-Kremlin tabloid, called it “a predictable escalation”.

What really counts, though, is what Vladimir Putin calls it and how the Kremlin leader responds.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image source

For the second time in 8 days, hundreds of Israeli soccer hooligans attacked unidentified fans at a football match in Paris, France. A number of videos circulating on social media show swarms of young men—mostly dressed in black with masks and stocking caps or draped in Israeli flags—pummeling an unknown Frenchman who was beaten to the ground. The extent of his injuries remains unknown.

The skirmishes took place at Thursday’s UEFA Nations League soccer game between France and Israel at the Stade de France which drew the smallest crowd in history due to the threat of hooligan violence. But although the streets of Paris were heavily patrolled by thousands of police and security guards to protect the visiting Israelis, fans of the home team received no such security. When the Maccabi Tel Aviv fans began raining-down blows on their unnamed victims, the police were nowhere to be found.

.

Source: The Unz Review

.

Some of the videos show terrified fans fleeing an area in the stands that was overrun by a hostile Maccabi mob sprinting across the upper deck while thousands of fans “Booed” loudly from below. The scene seemed more reminiscent of the political street fights that took place in Weimar Germany in the early 1930s than a football match in 2024. The ensuing mayhem was described by analyst Arnaud Bertrand on his Twitter site:

…. There was a football match between Israel and France yesterday and this happened at the beginning of the match: a horde of Israeli supporters openly lynched some French supporters in the stands. Macron himself was in attendance at the match to show his commitment to “fighting antisemitism” after Amsterdam…

He made no public comment that I know of on these French supporters getting lynched in front of his eyes. And the police made no reported arrests. Had the reverse been the case, had this been some Israeli supporters getting lynched by a horde of French supporters, you can absolutely bet 100% that he (and all the French media) would have made a huge deal out of it. You cannot overstate the absurdism of it: because we’ve so gaslighted ourselves around “antisemitism” and so distorted the meaning of it, Western countries would literally rather let our their own citizens get lynched on their own soil – in front of the president’s eyes (!) – than face accusations being “antisemitic” in their own definition of the term. @RnaudBertrand (video)

.

Watch here

.

Bertrand is using the term “lynching” in the legal sense as it relates to the “Emmett Till Anti-lynching Act” in 2022…. meaning “that the actions of the Israeli supporters would most certainly be considered lynching under US law because they conspired as a mob to cause serious bodily harm based on bias regarding “the actual or perceived religion or national origin” of the person(s) – matching exactly 18 USC §249(a)(5)’s definition requiring conspiracy & serious injury in hate-motivated attacks. @RnaudBertrand

Arnaud is correct in pointing out that President Macron attended the match. Not surprisingly, Macron was joined in his luxury box by two former presidents, the current prime minister and a large portion of France’s political establishment, all of whom stand foursquare behind the violent Zionist thuggery they witnessed in the stands. (Note—Joshua Zarka, Israeli ambassador to Paris, was also at the game, while Ronen Bar, the head of Israel’s Shin Bet security service, was in France to supervise the security of Israeli players and fans.)

This is from an article at inews.uk:

Fights broke out at a sparsely attended France–Israel match at the Stade de France in Paris on Thursday night, despite a heavy security presence inside and outside the stadium. Footage on social media showed clashes between home and away fans in the stands, with one clip appearing to show men wearing Israel flags punching and kicking a man on the ground before stewards intervened.

Tensions ran high even before the match with a heavy security operation around the stadium, with 4,000 police and 1,600 civilian security personnel deployed as French authorities sought to avoid a repeat of the violent scenes around a Maccabi Tel Aviv match in Amsterdam last week. Police lines extended more than a kilometer from the stadium with barricades along the streets and helicopters buzzing overhead….Just 13,000 tickets had been sold the day before the game – reportedly the lowest attendance for any home fixture in the history of the French national team…

Israel fans sang songs in support of the Israel Defence Force (IDF) and “free the hostages,” in references to captives held by Hamas in Gaza. Some wore masks and IDF shirts.

Despite Israeli government advice, some Israeli dual nationals were in Paris with Betar, an international right-wing Zionist group. Betar’s social media channels posted an image of members in the French capital holding baseball bats before the game. Fights break out at France-Israel match in Paris despite heavy security, inews.co.uk

.

.

Let’s recap:

  1. No expense was spared to provide security for the Maccabi hooligans, but French fans were beaten in the stands without anyone lifting a finger.
  2. A mere 13,000 people attended a stadium that holds 80,000, but the match was given the go-ahead regardless.
  3. The Maccabi mob sang military songs and bellowed racist slogans, but no government official has had the courage to order an inquiry. Note: According to the Middle East Eye, Israeli fans chanted “Free the hostages” and “Hamas, Hamas, we’re fucking you”.)

.

.

Readers should take a minute and carefully examine the photo at the top of this article. What do you see?

Do you see a gathering of typical soccer fans dressed in team colors and jerseys waving banners and singing team songs, or do you see a uniformly dressed and deeply threatening throng of black-clad troopers with stocking caps and masks who could—just as easily be conducting a military operation as attending a match of their favorite football team?

Who wears a black mask and a stocking cap to a soccer match? Who chants “Hamas, Hamas, we’re fucking you” at a soccer match?

Was this really a spontaneous get together of pumped-up Maccabi fans expressing their support for their team or a clandestine infiltration of the EU overseen by Israeli intelligence agents on secret assignment?

And be sure to take special note of the author’s last observation:

Despite Israeli government advice, some Israeli dual nationals were in Paris with Betar, an international right-wing Zionist group. Betar’s social media channels posted an image of members in the French capital holding baseball bats before the game.

Betar? The far-right youth movement founded by Vladimir Jabotinsky that fought against the British in Mandatory Palestine and was closely affiliated with the Zionist terrorist organization, the Irgun?

.

Source: The Unz Review

.

Here’s more from an article at the Middle East Eye:

At the demonstration in Paris, Salah Hamouri, a French-Palestinian lawyer who was deported from Jerusalem by Israel in 2022 after spending many years in prison and is now a member of Urgence Palestine, also accused the French president of sending a political message of support for Israel by attending the match.

“This match and the participation of Macron, Hollande and Sarkozy is part of France’s complicity in the ongoing genocide. It is a diplomatic green light given to the Israeli occupier for all its actions in Palestine and Lebanon and for it to continue its massacres in Palestine and in Lebanon,” he told MEE.

“Today, the low turn-out at the stadium shows that the public opinion in France is in favour of the Palestinian cause, and that the people support the people. It shows that the voice of the Palestinian people has been heard, and that a boycott needs to be implemented.” France-Israel match marked by scuffles, booing and a record-low attendance, Middle East Eye

Summary and Analysis

So, now we’ve seen two significant and politically destabilizing events in less than 10 days both of which took place in European capitals. And in both cases, the violence and racist chants were initiated by Israeli hooligans engaged in actions aimed at intimidating the public. Is there a rational explanation for this sudden uptick in social unrest attributable to Maccabi sports fans?

Of course, it could be just a coincidence linked to the behavior of overzealous sports fans who need to practice more self-restraint. That is one possibility. We cannot exclude another possibility, however, that the violence we have seen in Paris and Amsterdam is not a one-off or merely a case of exuberant young men “letting off a little steam.” We must at least consider the possibility that Israeli powerbrokers have launched this operation—using their assets in the IDF and Mossad—to advance their own strategic agenda consistent with their expansionist Zionist plan.

What we’ve seen is that the incitements on the ground have been coordinated with journalists in the legacy media and with political leaders across the West who have fabricated a narrative of growing antisemitism when, in fact, that storyline is easily debunked by the hundreds of first-person eyewitness accounts and the numerous videos on social media that prove that the sole responsibility for the violence in both cities lies entirely with the Israeli soccer thugs.

But why would political leaders and the media want to create the impression that antisemitism is on the rise? That is the question we must ask ourselves, because that is the narrative we are expected to believe.

IMHO, Israeli leaders understand that the claim of antisemitism is a powerful coercive tool that can be used to pressure parliamentarians to modify the law in ways that benefit one group over the others. Thus, as fears of a new wave of antisemitism intensify, the demand for changes to the law increase. Eventually—as in the case of Israel—equal protection is no longer equal protection. One category of people is placed above the law, while the others are crushed beneath the wheel of “second class citizenship.” This erosion of equal protection—that is attributable to the creation of “special” laws for special people—is the fast-track to apartheid, which is the end of a justice system that treats all people equally and with dignity.

Israel is frequently called an apartheid state because one group of people is treated differently (under the law) than the other. If my theory is correct, then Israeli policymakers are trying to affect those same changes in Europe, which means, they are exporting their racist political model to the continent.

Readers may want to skim the article below and decide for themselves whether this theory has any merit:

Calling for a boycott against Israel is forbidden now – and other measures against anti-Semitism, CNE

The German Bundestag took the clearest decision. Last week, the parliament accepted a resolution from both the government and the Christian Democratic opposition to protect Jewish life in the country. The title of the resolution was “Never again is now”, according to reports from the Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung.

According to the text, hatred against Jews and Israel is higher than “decades” since the terror attacks on October 7th 2023. The resolution also explicitly mentions that migrants especially add to this problem…. Concrete measures of the resolution are that no state money can go to organizations that… call for a boycott against Israel. Also, schools will be supported in educating about the Holocaust….

Norway

This Monday, the Norwegian Prime Minister Jonas Gahr Støre presented an action plan with 22 measures against hatred against Jews. He invited representatives of the Jewish community to a meeting to discuss the matter. “We would love we did not need an action plan”, the Prime Minister said. “But we know that it is necessary.”

The Holocaust Centre in Norway has reported that anti-Semitism is growing after many years of decrease. “It is not just one budget post that resolves this”, Støre said. “This is about something difficult as attitudes.”…

Netherlands

Also , the Dutch government has been invited to take action against anti-Semitism. On Wednesday, there was a lengthy urgency debate in the Lower House about the incidents in Amsterdam last Friday.

The debate was dominated by Geert Wilders –who is leading the largest party– who presented immigration by Muslims as the basic problem of anti-Semitism.

The Dutch society was shocked by the pogrom-style hunt of Israeli football supporters. Hundreds of Maccabi Tel Aviv supporters were asked for their passports, beaten and chased. Opposition leader Frans Timmermans expected concrete measures from the government. He advocated for appointing more detectives to track down anti-Semitic offenders and then imposing harsher penalties….

European Parliament

Also, in the European Parliament in Brussels, parties held an urgency debate about anti-Semitism later on Wednesday. The debate was requested by the Dutch MEP Bert-Jan Ruissen from the Reformed SGP party after the shocking events in Amsterdam. The title of the debate is the “deplorable escalation of violence around the football match in the Netherlands and unacceptable attacks on Israeli football fans.”

“Europe is increasingly in the grip of extremist violence and Jew-hatred”, Ruissen said in a written statement. “This must stop as soon as possible.”

Already in October, the EU ministers of Foreign Affairs adopted a declaration that condemned “all forms of anti-Semitism, racism, hatred and discrimination.” Also, in this statement, action in schools was asked to keep the Holocaust in the “collective memory”. Calling for a boycott against Israel is now forbidden, CNE

Everyone is entitled to equal treatment under the law. There should be no legal carveouts for special people.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from TUR

Alberta Premier Jason Kenney destroyed his political career when he ordered AHS to persecute Christian Pastors during the lockdown. It remains the biggest political blunder in history. Jason Kenney cannot show his face in public now, and won’t for the rest of his life. 

Alberta Premier Danielle Smith is the first Canadian leader to work with corrupt health bureaucrats (AHS) to have a Canadian doctor (myself) imprisoned for protecting his family. They are demanding that I be imprisoned for 83 days and today they were shopping for a Court date: Jan. 15, 2025.

Why is she doing this? I don’t know exactly, but it’s an extremely bad sign for Alberta and Canada in general.

UCP is also going after Carrie Sakamoto’s COVID-19 Vaccine Injury class action lawsuit, asking for it to be thrown out before it gets heard in Court. 

Remember, Stephen Harper is pro big pharma, pro mRNA vaccine, pro lockdowns, pro vaccine mandates and pro vaccine passports (pro UN, pro WHO and pro WEF).

.

.

Big pharma has fully captured Alberta at the UCP AGM – we are now at the mercy of the UN and WHO, who will run this province through AHS, we are headed for lockdowns and mandatory injections maybe by January? 

God bless you all who kept Danielle Smith’s phone lines ringing all day (780-427-2251) and who are writing her emails, keeping her staff busy. 

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image: Alberta premier Danielle Smith (Source: Global News / YouTube)

“Permission for American missile strikes deep into Russia is an unprecedented step that will lead to the start of World War III, but Russia’s response will be immediate.” —Vladimir Dzhabarov, First Deputy Chairman, Russian Federation Council Committee on International Affairs.

What Vladimir Dzhabarov says sounds in tune with Mr. Putin’s own words, expressed on various occasions,

“If Kiev was using NATO US-made long-range ATACMS or SCALP/Storm Shadow missiles, Russia will respond with tactical nuclear weapons in Ukraine.”

And take note, President Putin also said, that

“Countries that have handed over these weapons to Ukraine will be considered direct participants in attacks against Russia.”

See this as a precursor to what may be coming.

If Kiev indeed shoots these ATACMS long-range missiles deep into Russia, God forbid into Moscow, Europe will be for the third time in about 120 years in the center of a world war – you may call it WWIII or simply no name because after that, it could well be that the world as we know it, will not exist anymore.

This is not fear-mongering. It could be real because NATO troops and weapons are stationed all over Europe. Germany is currently recruiting and training new soldiers to go to war with Russia. And those NATO bases and troops would logically be targeted first for destruction by Russia.

And would you believe, when this horrendous, thoughtless “authorization“ given by President Biden or whoever directs him, immediately followed by other NATO countries like the UK and France, the European media and public-at-large cheered for joy –

“This [the authorization] should have happened a long time ago!”

Can you imagine the brainlessness of such people – and media of course – who cheer for war, a war that most likely, if it indeed was to happen, would destroy those who cheer for joy about war and many more along with infrastructure, production capacity, agriculture, food, and the entire European economy.

That is of course the plan of UN Agenda 2030 and the WEF’s Great Reset.

*

What is in the cards is a last-minute attempt to stop Trump from taking office on 20 January 2025. If a war erupts due to NATO provocations, the US can and may call out Martial Law, under which continuation of the current Presidency would be an almost certainty. Biden could remain President, or in case he would be forced to resign by his party, the Dems, his Vice-President, Kamala Harris, alias Obama, would remain in the Globalist Seat of the US empire.

At the outset, it may look as if the Deep State was divided. The anti-globalist, anti-Woke, sovereign USA, MAGA side of the dark Deep State, allowed the election of Donald Trump just to give the appearance.

On the other hand, the globalist, monetized, linear, digitized, all-controlling, non-human Deep State, however, does not want to risk their power liquidated by non-globalist policies, by a sovereign leader, who may inspire other leaders around the globe to follow in the non-globalist, but sovereign, multi-polar, footsteps of a non-globalist world.

Therefore, a Big War may finish the anti-globalist dream of almost the entire world population. As long as money buys everything – Zionist wealth, into 12 to 15 digits (no kidding!), buys everything. It buys the US Congress, laws they will pass, amounting to censoring, to declaring anybody criticizing Israel for its genocide in Palestine, Lebanon – and, if not stopped, soon the entire Middle East – as criminal behavior. Any critique on Israel is NOT allowed.

Zionist power buys the US Presidency and with it the US vassals, European Union and is gradually moving back into South America – under the still very much observed 1823 Monroe Doctrine.

For good memory: President James Monroe’s 1823 annual message to Congress contained the so-called Monroe Doctrine, which warned European powers not to interfere in the affairs of the Western Hemisphere, considered territories under US influence. The Monroe Doctrine is alive and kicking to this day.

Just take this as a vivid example for “money vulnerability.” Towards the end of his campaign, Trump received a US$ 100 million “campaign donation” from Miriam Adelson – a prolific Israeli supporter and Iran hater. Acceptance of that money means not only obeying the donor but also verbally AND publicly standing behind Israel; and that with continued weapons supply.

With so much money buying Trump’s politics, there is not much room for Peace.

It appears that Mr. Trump did not have the integrity to return the 100 million, which would have given him more liberty and autonomy on how to shape his Middle East policies.

GOP megadonor Miriam Adelson is an Israeli-American physician, businesswoman and political donor. She is the widow of businessman Sheldon Adelson, with a long history of staunch support for Israel, no matter what Israel does.

Then, there is Trump’s nomination for Defense Minister, Fox News host Pete Hegseth, a pro-Israel and Iran hawk. See this.

By this choice, Trump is not only tapping someone largely inexperienced and untested on the global stage to take over the US military, but also an unforgiving, limitless, staunch Israeli supporter. There are several Cabinet nominees who are all Zionist-Israel supporters.

That does not bode well for Peace in the Middle East.

In fact, no Peace movement sounds good for the profit hungry Military-War Complex (MWC), and its sidekicks, the Tech- and Financial Giants.

See also this assessment.

So, who are the ones who attempt to block Trump’s move back into the White House?

Maybe the Globalists, who care more about total control, an all-digitized world where Artificial Intelligence (AI) will reign, where the Woke scam around the world will continue creating havoc, plus UN Agenda 2030, and the newly adopted UN Pact for the Future that includes a Global Digital Compact and a Declaration on Future Generations – and WHO as the GESTAPO-like worldwide health tyrant.

Though, as a Pact not legally binding, would President Trump opt out of it?

Too many questions for a straight answer. It is also possible that the Deep State in unison keeps playing with Us, the People, dividing the populace over and over again, a brainless compliant society, that cannot depart from its cognitive dissonance or ignorance, believing their authorities, despite the treacherous scams and crimes they have been living for decades, but mostly during the past four years.

Have we once more been fooled with Trump as the Agent of Change, as was Obama in 2008, who was supposedly bringing the change that people around the world were so much praying for? He made the status quo of US-NATO-led wars even worse, by starting four new ones – and eventually leading six wars throughout his Presidency. Mr. Trump has to his credit that he did not start any war during his Presidency 2016-2020.

Finally, keep this in mind:

“The biggest damage is created by the Silent Majority, which only wants to survive, submissive and obedient” [Sophie Scholl, original in German].

Civilization is demolishing itself, as it keeps depending on and believing in imposed authorities.

We, the People, are our Own Authority.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

“Russia seeks security guarantees that NATO will not threaten its Western border.” Interview with Arnaud Develay

By Arnaud Develay and Steven Sahiounie, November 18, 2024

Zelenskyy admitted the situation on the battlefield in eastern Ukraine was dire as Russia made strategic advances. He added that the war will “end sooner” than it otherwise would have after president-elect Donald Trump is inaugurated on January 20, 2025.

Thank You for Emitting: The Hypocrisies of COP29

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, November 19, 2024

COP29 was always going to be memorable, for no other reason than the hosting country, Azerbaijan, is a petrostate indifferent to the issue of emissions and scornful of ecological preachers.  It has seen its natural gas supply grow by 128% between 2000 and 2021.

Eight Reasons Why Marco Rubio Would be a Disastrous Secretary of State

By Medea Benjamin and Nicolas J. S. Davies, November 18, 2024

Of all Trump’s choices for his foreign policy team, Marco Rubio is the least controversial to the neoconservative foreign policy establishment in Washington, and the most certain to provide continuity with all that is wrong with U.S. foreign policy, from Cuba to the Middle East to China.

Counter Summit vs. NATO This Weekend in Montreal

By Ken Stone, November 19, 2024

The Canadian peace movement is organizing some large scale events this weekend in Montreal to oppose the 70th Annual Parliamentary Assembly of NATO (the North Atlantic Treaty Organization) at the Palais des congrès in Montreal, Nov. 22-25. The main purpose of NATO parliamentary assemblies is to “help build parliamentary and public consensus in support of Alliance policies.”

Trump’s War with Deep State Is About Increasing His Own Powers

By Uriel Araujo, November 18, 2024

Much is being talked about how US newly elected President Donald Trump is supposedly at war with the “Deep State” (and the intelligence apparatus) – because of the announcements made pertaining to his nomination choices for some key US government positions.

Video: The Privatization of Nuclear War. Michel Chossudovsky

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Jean Marazzani Visconti, November 18, 2024

Prof. Chossudovsky discusses current geopolitical events, including the war in Ukraine and the possibility of nuclear escalation. He remarks that the US Military-Industrial Complex and nuclear weapons manufacturers, through a progressive whitewashing operation started in 2003, have gradually convinced government decision-makers to soften the thresholds for using nuclear bombs, even in conventional wars, claiming their limited danger to the population.

Contrasting Expectations for a Russia-Ukraine Settlement

By Michael Averko, November 18, 2024

In his dramatic shift away from arming the Kiev regime, Donald Trump’s Secretary of State Marko Rubio says he’s now against funding a “stalemate” concerning the NATO proxy war against Russia. The use of the word stalemate misrepresents the actual situation in a way that serves to prolong a conflict which Trump correctly said should’ve never happened.

Sweden Tells Citizens to Prepare for War

November 19th, 2024 by Elena Salvoni

Sweden is sending out five million pamphlets to residents urging them to prepare for the possibility of war, with instructions on how to stockpile food and even seek shelter during a nuclear attack, as fears grow of a conflict between Russia and NATO.

Since the start of the war in Ukraine, Stockholm has repeatedly urged Swedes to prepare both mentally and logistically for a possible conflict, citing the worsening security situation in its vicinity.

It comes as tensions between Moscow and the West have escalated to new heights after Joe Biden gave Kyiv the green light to blast targets deep inside Russia with US-supplied long-range missiles, which Donald Trump’s son has criticised as making sure ‘they get WWIII going before my father has a chance to create peace’.

The booklet ‘If Crisis or War Comes’, sent out by the Swedish Civil Contingencies Agency (MSB), contains information about how to prepare for emergencies such as war, natural disasters, cyber attacks and terrorism.

‘An insecure world requires preparedness. The military threat to Sweden has increased and we must prepare for the worst – an armed attack,’ its new introduction states. 

In one of the more worrying excerpts, which harks back to advice given by governments during the darkest days of the Cold War, it informs people of the risk of nuclear weapons.

‘The global security situation increases the risks that nuclear weapons could be used. In the event of an attack with nuclear, biological or chemical weapons, take cover in the same way as in an air attack,’ the pamphlet instructs readers.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from Adobe Stock

Three in five Canadian university students say they fear expressing their honest views on contentious political issues due to potential backlash from peers and instructors, a campus free speech survey says.

Participants in a survey of 1,548 university and college students were asked if they felt comfortable discussing “controversial issues” in the classroom, such as the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, transgender issues, and other politically charged subjects.

“Students were asked about potential consequences from other students and instructors if they shared their honest thoughts, ideas, and questions during a class discussion,” said the survey report, which was conducted by the non-profit organization Heterodox Academy (HxA).

Potential consequences feared by the students included formal career repercussions, such as an instructor refusing to write a recommendation letter, as well as informal social consequences, such as a classmate posting negative comments on social media about the student’s character, the report said.

Sixty-three percent of those surveyed said “they feared at least one formal consequence if they expressed their honest thoughts and opinions during class,” the report said.

“Among responses, students feared retribution from professors more than they were concerned about formal complaints from other students.”

Forty percent of respondents said they had experienced negative consequences after discussing their thoughts on contentious topics, while nearly half (49.3 percent) reported witnessing another student face similar repercussions.

“These data suggest that both students’ reluctance to discuss controversial issues and their fear of consequences from peers and faculty may be well-founded,” researchers said.

‘Deeper Issue’

HxA researchers also assessed students’ attitudes toward freedom of speech issues using a “left-wing authoritarian (LWA) scale” to gauge opinions. Left-wing authoritarianism is defined as individuals who “support a strong central government that can enforce their preferred social and economic policies, and who are intolerant of dissent,” according to a study cited by HxA.

Through the LWA scale, students were asked the extent to which they agreed or disagreed with statements such as “classroom discussions should be safe places that protect students from disturbing ideas” and “universities are right to ban hateful speech from campus.”

At least half of the respondents supported various restrictions on freedom of speech, researchers said.

Support for restrictions on free speech ranged from 49.7 percent of students at least somewhat agreeing with the statement “getting rid of inequality is more important than protecting the so-called ‘right’ to free speech,” to 57.9 percent saying they somewhat agree that “to succeed, a workplace must ensure that its employees feel safe from criticism.”

Researchers noted that there does not appear to be a political bias in support for curbing free speech, because 52.8 percent of students who self-identified as “very left” and 61.9 percent of those who self-identified as “very right” at least somewhat agreed that “classroom discussions should be safe places that protect students from disturbing ideas.”

HxA research director Alex Arnold said these findings suggest a “deeper issue in Canadian higher education,” because free expression and open inquiry are “essential to the core mission of universities to pursue truth and advance knowledge.”

“Absent a deep, unyielding appreciation for free speech and open inquiry, universities cannot effectively study complex social problems, including problems such as how to address inequality and reduce poverty,” he told The Epoch Times.

“Furthermore, history shows that protecting free speech has been crucial for advancing civil rights and social justice. The fact that many students, when asked what they would prioritize, are apt to sacrifice free speech and open inquiry is concerning for the future of higher education and social progress alike.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Andrew Chen is a news reporter with the Canadian edition of The Epoch Times.

Featured image: A file photo of students on a university campus. Spiroview Inc/Shutterstock

Is Psychiatry “Fake Science”?

November 19th, 2024 by Reality Books

With the seemingly endless fear-generating narratives of the corporate-owned mass media in relation to catastrophic CO2-induced climate change; virus pandemics; nuclear war; or whatever else they can come up with to keep you shivering under your sheets – is it any wonder that stress and so-called mental health issues have been in ‘pandemic’ mode? The modern-day solution to such problems is to go to your doctor, and he prescribes some ‘bio-pharmaceutical pills’ that he probably does not know the actual ingredients of. If the pills do not numb your worries, the doctor will happily send you to ‘mental health services’, where a psychologist or psychiatrist gives you a diagnosis and all the pharmaceutical ‘help’ you need. This ‘pop a pill’ process has become ingrained in modern society.

Even many school kids and students today are on a daily regime of behaviour control pills or antidepressants. God forbid your children display normal behaviour of energetic play and discovery. Now our kids are supposed to be docile automatons of the new world order technocracy –  to sit in class and learn nonsense that CO2 is killing the planet, accept fake science and fake history, and that we must be vaccinated to survive the next ‘plandemic’. Such misinformation amounts to child abuse.

The book Godless Fake Science and the previous article Godless Fake Science demonstrate that much of the scientific narrative we have been taught from our school days onwards, is based on falsehood, and that the institution of ‘science’ itself has in many ways been hijacked by financial interests seeking to advance their own narrative and agenda. This article asks the question does modern-day psychiatry belong to the category of fake science?

‘Psyche’ means ‘of the soul’. Therefore, the discipline of psychology should really involve the study or ‘the science of the soul’. The original (not altered versions) of the ancient scriptures of the world have already described the science of the soul in great detail. In contrast to this ancient wisdom for human wellbeing, modern day psychology and psychiatry is steeped in the profit-making and drug-pushing agendas of bio-pharmaceutical corporations. It appears to me modern-day psychiatry has more to do with corporate profits and behaviour control than real science or real mental health.

The reality is that no medical test exists for any so-called “mental disorder”. Psychiatrists, medical doctors, and psychologists worldwide prescribe many different drugs based on same symptoms. This is unscientific.

An example of the potentially detrimental impact of this subjectiveness was recounted to me some years ago when I happened to meet a clearly intelligent man who had worked as a scientist for a state agency of the Government of Ireland. This man had been detained against his will due to a single opinion, that of the family doctor, in circumstances that appeared to be contentious, and was committed as an involuntary patient to a mental institute. He described to me some of the horrors of the experience and that, whilst he was detained, he was force-fed pharmaceutical drugs that he did not wish to take. Note that all such drugs come with potential side-effects that can be mild or serious. Thus, a single doctor’s opinion that you are mentally ill can have major ramifications.

This man later wrote about his horrific experience in a highly critical analysis of Irish psychiatry. His article was published by the Irish Times newspaper, in an article titled Psychiatric diagnosis not scientific but subjective, see Endnote [i]. He pointed out that “psychiatric diagnoses are based on the subjective interpretation of behaviour by third parties”. The person is then seen as a “faulty object”, with a chemical imbalance requiring a certain type of pill. The diagnosis can have a very dehumanising effect on someone, along with the stigma of a mental illness that actually has no scientific basis associated with it. The person is led to believe what these “experts” are saying.

Worse still your children can be taken away by the ‘system’ if they are ‘deemed’ to be suffering from a mental disorder, see Endnote [ii]. A psychiatrist makes the decision as to whether your child is mentally ill or not. For example, the Irish Citizens Information portal states:

“If the voluntary patient is a child and the parents or guardian want to remove them, the professional may have the child detained and placed in the custody of the Health Service Executive (if the professional considers that the child is suffering from a mental disorder).”

Revealing Quotes About Psychiatry and the Controversial DSM-IV Classification System

The following quotations easily sourced online are from academics, psychiatrists, psychology teachers, and doctors, and provide a notable condemnation of modern-day psychiatry:

[Note: DSM-IV codes are the classification found in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.]

“There are no objective tests in psychiatry-no X-ray, laboratory, or exam finding that says definitively that someone does or does not have a mental disorder…. there is no definition of a mental disorder…. It’s bull—. I mean, you just can’t define it.” — Allen Frances, Psychiatrist and former DSM-IV Task Force Chairman

“DSM-IV is the fabrication upon which psychiatry seeks acceptance by medicine in general. Insiders know it is more a political than scientific document… DSM-IV has become a bible and a money making bestseller—its major failings notwithstanding.”— Loren Mosher, M.D., Clinical Professor of Psychiatry

“It’s not science. It’s politics and economics. That’s what psychiatry is: politics and economics. Behavior control, it is not science, it is not medicine.”— Thomas Szasz, Professor of Psychiatry Emeritus

“everyone with an interest in mental health should at least be aware of the Szaszian critique of the mental health industry… medicine is a real science that deals with biological phenomena, especially cellular pathology… Now take a look at the DSM and one will immediately note that the DSM is not based at all on cellular pathology… For many of the conditions, organic explanations are to be RULED OUT in order for a DSM diagnosis to be given… Crucial for Szasz is that the attribution of disease then legitimizes in psychiatrists and other mental health professionals the power of social control. By labeling others as “sick”, we can lock them away, force drugs upon them, and separate them from “normal” people like us because there is something fundamentally wrong with them. And we can justify it all in the name of science. But really it is about social control. The mental health industry manufactures illnesses to legitimize and feed itself and it serves those in power via social control of deviants…. according to Szasz, the science of mental sickness is all metaphor and the emperor has no clothes…. while the Emperor might not be completely naked, it seems to me he is often down to his skivvies.” – Gregg Henriques, Ph.D., directs the Combined Clinical and School Psychology Doctoral Program at James Madison University.

“In reality, psychiatric diagnosing is a kind of spiritual profiling that can destroy lives and frequently does.” — Peter Breggin, Psychiatrist

“…modern psychiatry has yet to convincingly prove the genetic/biologic cause of any single mental illness… Patients [have] been diagnosed with ‘chemical imbalances’ despite the fact that no test exists to support such a claim, and…there is no real conception of what a correct chemical balance would look like.” — Dr. David Kaiser, Psychiatrist

“There’s no biological imbalance. When people come to me and they say, ‘I have a biochemical imbalance,’ I say, ‘Show me your lab tests.’ There are no lab tests. So what’s the biochemical imbalance?” — Dr. Ron Leifer, Psychiatrist

“Virtually anyone at any given time can meet the criteria for bipolar disorder or ADHD. Anyone. And the problem is everyone diagnosed with even one of these ‘illnesses’ triggers the pill dispenser.” — Dr. Stefan Kruszewski, Psychiatrist

“No behavior or misbehavior is a disease or can be a disease. That’s not what diseases are. Diseases are malfunctions of the human body, of the heart, the liver, the kidney, the brain. Typhoid fever is a disease. Spring fever is not a disease; it is a figure of speech, a metaphoric disease. All mental diseases are metaphoric diseases, misrepresented as real diseases and mistaken for real diseases.” — Thomas Szasz, Professor of Psychiatry Emeritus, best known for coining the term the “myth of mental illness

“It has occurred to me with forcible irony that psychiatry has quite literally lost its mind, and along with it the minds of the patients they are presumably supposed to care for.”— David Kaiser, Psychiatrist

“All psychiatrists have in common that when they are caught on camera or on microphone, they cower and admit that there are no such things as chemical imbalances/diseases, or examinations or tests for them. What they do in practice, lying in every instance, abrogating [revoking] the informed consent right of every patient and poisoning them in the name of ‘treatment’ is nothing short of criminal.”— Dr Fred Baughman Jr., Paediatric Neurologist

“Psychiatry makes unproven claims that depression, bipolar illness, anxiety, alcoholism and a host of other disorders are in fact primarily biologic and probably genetic in origin…This kind of faith in science and progress is staggering, not to mention naïve and perhaps delusional.” — Dr. David Kaiser, psychiatrist

“In short, the whole business of creating psychiatric categories of ‘disease,’ formalizing them with consensus, and subsequently ascribing diagnostic codes to them, which in turn leads to their use for insurance billing, is nothing but an extended racket furnishing psychiatry a pseudo-scientific aura. The perpetrators are, of course, feeding at the public trough.”— Dr. Thomas Dorman, internist and member of the Royal College of Physicians of the UK

“I believe, until the public and psychiatry itself see that DSM labels are not only useless as medical ‘diagnoses’ but also have the potential to do great harm—particularly when they are used as means to deny individual freedoms, or as weapons by psychiatrists acting as hired guns for the legal system.” — Dr. Sydney Walker III, psychiatrist

“The way things get into the DSM is not based on blood test or brain scan or physical findings. It’s based on descriptions of behavior. And that’s what the whole psychiatry system is.”— Dr. Colin Ross, psychiatrist

“No biochemical, neurological, or genetic markers have been found for Attention Deficit Disorder, Oppositional Defiant Disorder, Depression, Schizophrenia, anxiety, compulsive alcohol and drug abuse, overeating, gambling or any other so-called mental illness, disease, or disorder.” — Bruce Levine, Ph.D., psychologist and author of Commonsense Rebellion

“Unlike medical diagnoses that convey a probable cause, appropriate treatment and likely prognosis, the disorders listed in DSM-IV [and ICD-10] are terms arrived at through peer consensus.”— Tana Dineen Ph.D., psychologist

“The greater the number of treatment facilities and the more widely they are known, the larger the number of persons seeking their services. Psychotherapy is the only form of treatment which, to some extent, appears to create the illness it treats.” – Dr. Jerome Frank of the Johns-Hopkins University School of Medicine in Baltimore

“Psychiatry and psychology are the most lucrative professions in America, and among all professionals, the highest suicide rate is found among psychiatrists and psychologists” – Chaitanya Charan das, Author

Was Psychologist Sigmund Freud a Fraud? 

“The entire system of classical psycho-analytical thought rests on nothing more substantial than Freud’s word that it is true. And that is why the late Nobelist in medicine Sir Peter Medawar famously condemned that system as a stupendous intellectual confidence trick.“ – Frederick Crews, Professor Emeritus of English, University of California

Sigmund Freud

Let us consider the work of the famous Jewish psychologist, Sigmund Freud (1856-1939), upon which much of modern-day psychiatry and psycho-analysis is based. His ideas have had a significant impact upon modern society. In his writings Freud confesses to a definite sexual longing for his mother, and because of this he assumed that all men did. This unscientific piece of Freudian perversion was promoted to such an extent it became embedded into modern-day psychology. Why should the whole world have to accept this theory based on Freud’s confession of his own perverted state? Throughout human history such thoughts have been considered by traditional society as being preposterous and morally unacceptable, but to Freud it seemed completely natural. Freud said:

“I have found in my own case too, the phenomena of being in love with my mother and jealous of my father, and I now consider it to be a universal event… ”.

Freud’s notion is unscientific and lacking a shred of evidence, yet the entire rest of the world has been painted into the picture of Freudian psychology. Freud also asserted that it would better for people if they had sexual relations with both genders. Again, this was asserted with no evidence. In fact, many scientists and academics have questioned the legitimacy of Freudian psychoanalysis, for example, Frank L. Cioffi of Princeton University author of the book Freud and the Question of Pseudo-science. The following are revealing comments about Freud by prolific academics and notable personalities: 

“He [Freud] was for many years an enthusiastic user [of cocaine] to the point where his nose bled and became filled with pus – which he treated with more cocaine…Freud’s friend Ernst von Fleischl-Marxov (1846-1891) had become despairing addict after Freud had prescribed cocaine as medicine for a painful hand tumor. There is no doubt that the addiction brought about his early death…. Freuds neurotic dysfunctions manifested themselves in unusual behavior patterns and in psychosomatic ailments – particularly those affecting the mouth, the genitals and the anus… more often than not he was chronically depressed and bad tempered.” – David McCalden (1951-1991), Writer

“No one has yet evaluated the hallucinatory effects of cocaine on Freuds mind during the formative years of psychoanalysis. Without cocaine, could Freud have created such improbable flights of human fancy?” – Martin L. Gross, writer and former Associate Professor of Social Science at New York University.

“[On Freudian theory] “I think it’s such a narcissistic indulgence that I cannot believe in it” – Sophie Freud, grand-daughter of Sigmund Freud, PhD from Florence Heller School for Social Welfare

“A major contributor to the present-day tendency to accept and encourage homosexuality is Dr. Sigmund Freud… In other words, homosexuality was no longer to be considered an illegal form of debauchery or perversion in which one willingly engaged a person of his own sex…” – Dr. Tim LaHaye, Author

“I don’t want an elderly gentleman from Vienna with an umbrella inflicting his dreams upon me” – Vladimir Nabokov (1899-1977), novelist, critic, from an aristocratic Russian family

“[Freudian belief and psychoanalysis] were never a science. Freud was a fashion, and then he became unfashionable, completely absurd.” – Sonu Shamdasani PhD, a historian of psychology and a research associate at UCL

“To me, psychoanalysis is a hoax – the biggest hoax ever played on humanity. By showing who analysts are, how they work, what they believe, and what they have done, I hope to show Freud as a fraud. If I succeed, I am idealistic enough to hope that the world may return to the belief in love, ideals, good taste and courtesy – the ‘books’ that have been burned by the Freudian Inquisition.” – Edward R. Pinckney MD

“The seduction stories that provide the proffered empirical basis of the Oedipal complex were in fact a construction by Freud who then interpreted his patients’ distress on hearing his constructions as confirmation. Freud then deceptively obscured the fact that his patients’ stories were reconstructions and interpretations based on his a priori theory. He also retro-actively changed the identity of the fancied seducers from non-family members (servants, etc.) when his oedipal story required fathers instead… What started out as speculation in need of empirical support ended up as a fundamental a priori assumption.

Now 100 years after its inception, the theory of the Oedipal complex, childhood sexuality, and the sexual etiology of neuroses remain without any independent empirical validation…. the idea that children would have a specifical sexual attraction to their opposite sex parent is extremely implausible… Freud has been the most overrated figure in the entire history of science and medicine, one who wrought immense harm through the propagation of false etiologies, mistaken diagnoses, and fruitless lines of inquiry… psycho-analysis has a lot to answer for… since its inception, psycho-analysis has been denounced as a pseudo-science.

By the early 1960s philosophers of science such as Michael Polanyi, Karl Popper, Ernst Nagel and Sidney Hook had noted the self-authenticating nature of psychoanalytical assertion. More recently, highly critical accounts of psychoanalysis from Henri Ellenberger (1970), Frank Sulloway (1992/1979), Adolph Grunbaum (1984), Frank Cioffi (1969, 1970, 1972), and most recently, Malcolm MacMillan (1991) have appeared.”

– Professor Kevin MacDonald PhD, Department of Psychology CSU-Long Beach

“They are translating this Freud’s philosophy, pig civilization.” – Srila Prabhupada, Renowned Spiritual Leader and Vedic scholar

“I think that Sigmund Freud had sexual conflicts within himself which he did not resolve. His belief in constitutional bisexuality, for example, was an excuse for certain personal traits.” – Dr. Harold M. Voth, a Freudian psychiatrist at the Menninger Foundation

“I dimly sensed some slight feminine aspect in his manner and movements.” Modern critics suggest that present-day Freudians are influenced by Freud’s “feminine, passive feelings” so much that they “regard masculine assertiveness and aggression as a neurotic manifestation.” – Freud’s biographer, Ernest Jones

“No one has yet evaluated the hallucinatory effects of cocaine on Freud’s mind during the formative years of psychoanalysis.” – Martin L. Gross, author of The Psychological Society

“Dr. Voth is convinced that Freud displayed ‘a considerable degree of femininity’ in his personality, a trait that has colored the entire profession by making what he calls the ‘neurotically troubled’ Dr. Freud a model… Those driving needs have infiltrated the psyche of millions of individuals as well, remaking much of our personalities in his image. By offering his catalog of foibles as the symbols of normality, Freud achieved immortality…

The portrait that emerges is one of a man driven by the furies of hostility and envy, weighed down by depression, death wishes, phobias and severe debilitating neuroses. He was professionally distorted by his extreme surreptitiousness and gullibility — the antithesis of a man of science. Freud the man is more the unhappy philosopher than the intrepid researcher who society thought would unlock the key to our confused behavior.”

– Jewish author Martin L. Gross and Dr. Harold M. Voth, a Freudian psychiatrist at the Menninger Foundation

“There is little question but that a good deal of the impetus for the discovery of psychoanalysis came from Freud’s general hostility toward Christianity…” – Stanley Rothman, in an article Group Fantasies and Jewish Radicalism published in the Fall 1978 issue of The Journal of Psychohistory

“The psychoanalyst Sandor Ferenczi reports a statement by Freud from 1932 that referred to patients as “rabble” and “only good for money-earning and studying.” From 1884 onward, Freud was in effect a snake-oil salesman. He then began experimenting with cocaine… Michel Onfray, an author who wrote a comprehensive and critical monograph on Freud in 2010, documented deaths from his gross misdiagnosis… Psychotherapy was a potpourri of techniques lifted from previous colleagues, laced with a heavy dose of sexual fixations, most of them exclusively Jewish in nature… Soon using a charade of the scientific method, Freud began to surmise that most of his patients’ problems were sexual in nature…

Freud obviously experienced Oedipal lust… he then suffered the delusion that his abnormality was normal and universal… Freud told his colleague Karl Abraham that “too many of us are Jews. I don’t want Psychoanalysis to become a Jewish national affair…. The Israeli philosophy professor Yeshayahu Leibowitz went even further and held that Freud psychoanalysis was “primarily a Jewish money-making scheme”, and that’s a “bad sign for (us) Jews.” He went on to say that psychoanalysis was “entirely in the hands of the Jews” and has “brought unspeakable suffering to millions of people.”

– Richard Boyden, in an article which he says is based in part on David McCalden’s treatise Exiles From History, see Endnote [iii]. 

Conclusion: It appears the profession been infected by a disciplic succession of Freudian quackery.

The Sex Delusion

In addition, Freud and his financial backers promoted the concept that orgasm is necessary for health. Such Freudian narratives have proliferated in this current sex-dominated culture, and some people are, thus, under the impression that the more sex, the better it is for their health and wellbeing.

We all have freewill to make our own personal choices, however, it appears to me that this assertion by Freud’s also has no scientific basis. In regard to this I note a book titled Brain Gain by the American writer, academic and spiritual leader, Dr. Dane Holtzman, better known as Danavir Goswami. The book provides evidence that the opposite is the case – that overindulgence in sex can lead to health disorders, including nervous disorders, via loss of vital bodily fluids. It is asserted with references from physicians that wasting vital bodily fluids decreases vitality and immunity because it involves the loss of precious proteins, lipoids, cholesterin, and minerals. 

It is cited that dozens of geniuses throughout history practiced celibacy for this reason, including Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle, Beethoven, Sir Isaac Newton, Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Pascal, Spinoza, Kant, Thoreau, Handel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Sidis, Tesla, who all lived celibate lives to transmute their sexual energy into intellectual development. In the spiritual domain, Jesus Christ, Sukadeva Goswami, prophets Elijah and Elisha, John the Baptist, and many more were celibate. Chaste women of prolific fame include, Joan of Arc, Queen Elizabeth I, Florence Nightingale, Draupadi, Sita, Saint Teresa, Emily Dickinson, Mirabai, Saint Catherine, Mother Teresa and the Virgin Mary.

“To control the sexual impulse efficiently has always been and ever will be regarded as the highest test of human wisdom” – Auguste Comte, French Philosopher

Note also that cholesterol is a vital substance in the brain. In fact, the brain has the highest cholesterol content of any organ in the body. Most of the brain’s cholesterol exists in the axons of nerve cells. According to a 2014 study, titled Cholesterol in brain disease: sometimes determinant and frequently implicated, see Endnote [iv].

“Cholesterol is essential for neuronal physiology, both during development and in the adult life… defects in brain cholesterol metabolism may contribute to neurological syndromes.”

It is also commonly known in the sport of boxing that a fighter, in order to retain his strength, should not engage in sexual relations before a fight. It appears there is valid science behind this instruction. If we accept the research detailed in Brain Gain, then Freud’s popularized assertion has most probably resulted in an increase in mental health problems! Could it be that Freud was actually the one with a mental disorder? Why he was compelled to talk endlessly of perversion? Karl Jung, a psychiatrist who founded analytical psychology, noted the following:

“Freud never asked himself why he was compelled to talk continually of sex, why this idea had taken such possession of him. He remained unaware that his monotony of interpretation expressed a flight from himself…” – Carl Jung, Psychiatrist

Freud’s work is also an inversion of original Christian values and of traditional values that existed world-wide for thousands of years, including the values of ancient Vedic cultures.

“… the body is not for fornication… Flee fornication… he that committeth fornication sinneth against his own body. What? Know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own?” – (Bible: Book of 1st Corinthians 13, 18, 19)

“The union, then, of male and female for the purpose of procreation is the natural good of marriage. But he who makes a bad use of this good who uses it bestially, so that his intention is on the gratification of lust.” – Saint Augustine, Christian Saint

“The practice of chastity is counselled by Christ, taught by His example, and practiced by the Apostles.” – Saint Francis, Christian Saint

“Adultery and fornication are forbidden for a number of reasons. First of all, because they destroy the soul; “He that is an adulterer, for the folly of his heart shall destroy his own soul.”… which is whenever the flesh dominates the spirit… Thirdly, these sins consume his substance, just as happened to the prodigal son in that ‘he wasted his substance living riotously.” – Saint Thomas Aquinas, Christian Saint

“When veerya [vital fluid] is not used, it is all transmuted into ojas sakti or spiritual energy and stored up in the brain… loss of memory, premature old age, and various nervous diseases are attributable to the heavy loss of this fluid” – His Holiness Sri Swami Sivananda

“… in Vedic times, sex was meant for procreation, not recreation…. We would do well to remember that our so-called primitive ancestors were not brainwashed by the maddening media blitz saturated with covert and overt sexual overtones… Apart from sanctified procreation, the institution of marriage was meant for gratification of the bodily sex drive in a regulated, religious way. This would gradually help both the spouses to realize the futility of all bodily enjoyment and help each other to advance together on the journey back to Krishna (God). “ – Chaitanya Charan das, Author

In contrast to the modern sex-culture, original scriptures inform us that sex should be reserved only for the creation of children. Furthermore, and tragically, the frantic culture of carnal-gratification in modern times seems to have degraded our most precious faculty – love itself. How can young men and young women find a stable path in such an environment? The ephemeral nature of it all is likely to leave a void in the heart.

For example, in ancient Vedic cultures young men were trained as a brahmacarya until the age of 25. Brahmacarya life involved conduct consistent with the divine path of God-consciousness; and becoming expert in learning, military arts, administration, spiritual counselling, etc., according to each man’s individual qualities. By remaining celibate until the age of 25, men became physically and intellectually stronger not weaker – their energy was not wasted on promiscuity and needless sex. At that point many men would then marry and sex was only then for the purpose of raising a (God-conscious) family – it was not to be done needlessly. Vedic culture also utilized specific dietary habits to avoid stimulating sex desire, see Endnote [v] for details.

The Climate Politics of Milk – Seeking Sustenance for a Healthy Brain

In ancient times, cows were revered and they provided the miracle food of high-quality cholesterol-rich milk with all the nutrients the human body needs, and which was beneficial to the brain and higher thinking. Ancient brahmans and sages could live on milk alone. To this day, in Ayurvedic medicine ghee, which is made from milk, it is used to improve memory and reduce mental tension. For thousands of years mankind drank raw milk – any impurities can be eliminated by simply boiling it prior to drinking it and this is the best way to drink milk. The cows were not vaccinated, and the milk did not go through the modern enzyme-destroying process of pasteurization, which can make the milk harder to digest for some people. In ancient cultures worldwide, cows were not regarded as mere commercial commodities to be sold and exploited, rather they were an essential part of a functioning community.

Modern-day commercial dairy farming can involve the use of growth hormones, man-made chemicals, pesticides on the farm, vaccination of the cows, GMOs, etc.; and it appears to me the milk is of poorer quality for it. We have consumed raw milk for at least 5,000 years, but today it is illegal in various countries to sell or produce raw milk – for example, this is the case in Canada, under the Food and Drug Regulations since 1991. I note also that in the US, in 2011, Judge Patrick J. Fiedler made an astonishing unjust ruling, where he judged “no, plaintiffs do not have a fundamental right to produce and consume the foods of your choice… no right to contract with a farmer… no right to own a cow”. Three weeks later, he resigned from his position as a judge and joined a law firm that represents Monsanto, a major producer of rBGH growth hormones for commercial dairy cows, see Endnote [vi]. In response to such injustice, some towns in the US have been approving food sovereignty initiatives that allow food producers to sell food without federal or state interference.

I note also the current UN-inspired, plan, voiced by the Irish Department of Agriculture, and the Irish Environmental Protection Agency, to kill 200,000 dairy cows in Ireland in a murderously deluded attempt to stop manmade climate change. The reality is that methane emissions from cows do not cause climate change. See also the book Transcending the Climate Deception Toward Real Sustainability. There are many farmers and independent groups in Ireland that know this, yet the Irish government appears to have shut out all debate on climate change, and it seems will pay 5,000 euros ($5,622) for each cow killed, in this psychotic onslaught. Psychosis being defined as an acute or chronic mental state marked by loss of contact with reality.

What Causes Depression? Links Between Toxicity in the Body and Mental Health Issues

I am not doctor, I am not here to provide medical advice, this article is simply based on my own experience and initial research, yet I note the words of Thomas Szasz, Professor of Psychiatry Emeritus (1920 – 2012) best known for coining the term the “myth of mental illness. He states:

“No behavior or misbehavior is a disease or can be a disease. That’s not what diseases are… All mental diseases are metaphoric diseases, misrepresented as real diseases and mistaken for real diseases.”

Was Szasz correct in his analysis? Tens of millions of people are prescribed bio-pharmaceutical drugs to address so-called mental health issues. such as depression, anxiety etc. However, it appears to me that such drugs do not address the underlying cause of such issues. Furthermore, it seems that no one really knows what exactly causes depression. We hear about factors such as biochemical imbalance, stress, and genetic predisposition, but where is the scientific basis? Could there be another cause not acknowledged by the profession? What about environmental factors?

Consider that industrial globalization has produced many substances that are registered as pollutants, including thousands of new man-made chemical compounds, toxins, nano-particles and genetically modified organisms (GMOs) that are in violation of the scientific pre-cautionary principle.  Over the past tens of thousands of years, the human body has never been exposed to these new substances so we do not know the long-term effects. UN environmental law instruments are largely impotent in safe-guarding human health and nature from the vast scale of rampant corporate technological pollution. Instead, the UN focuses on the bogus manmade climate change due to CO2, and methane from cows, agenda, see this article.

I note that depression has been linked to the proliferation of toxins that exist in the modern environment that we are exposed to. A study titled Environmental Chemicals and Nervous System Dysfunction published in The Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine, see Endnote [vii], states:

“The etiology of many neurological and/ or psychiatric disorders is obscure or completely unknown. Affected patients frequently have nonspecific complaints that are easily passed off as being minor, temporary, psychosomatic, due to stress, etc. However, these same subtle symptoms may be the first signs of intoxication with environmental and occupational chemicals. The medical community should become sensitized to considering nervous system toxicants as a source of these otherwise unexplainable symptoms, and evidence for occupational and environmental exposures must be included in the differential diagnosis of neurological diseases. The toxicity of the compounds mentioned in this review is now well known, but they may represent only the “tip of the iceberg.”

Exposure to toxic heavy metals, such as mercury, lead, and arsenic are known to cause anxiety and/or depression. Government literatures do warn us of neurotoxicity, for example, the US National Advisory Neurological Disorders and Stroke Council website, see Endnote [viii], states:

“Neurotoxicity occurs when the exposure to natural or manmade toxic substances (neurotoxicants) alters the normal activity of the nervous system. This can eventually disrupt or even kill neurons (nerve cells) which are important for transmitting and processing signals in the brain and other parts of the nervous system. Neurotoxicity can result from exposure to substances used in chemotherapy, radiation treatment, drug therapies, and organ transplants, as well as exposure to heavy metals such as lead and mercury, certain foods and food additives, pesticides, industrial and/or cleaning solvents, cosmetics, and some naturally occurring substances.”

It appears that the neurotoxic factor is rarely considered by doctors or psychiatrists in relation to mental health and depression. This may be because environmental health is not usually taught in medical education. To make matters even more complicated, a depressed mood is actually a common side effect of the bio-pharmaceutical medications that are prescribed to combat depression, see Endnote [ix].

The Psychology of the Soul

Remember ‘psyche’ means ‘of the soul’. According to psychotherapist Neal M. Goldsmith Ph.D: “Before Wilhelm Wundt opened the first experimental psychology laboratory in 1879, there was no academic discipline of psychology separate from philosophy and biology. Perhaps it should have stayed like that for a while longer at least.”

In conclusion, it appears to me that modern-day psychiatry is fake science and that for our wellbeing we need to re-embrace the true ‘science of the soul’. It can only benefit us to remember our true identity as an eternal soul – as children of God – that is the science of self-realisation. Wellbeing is the natural psychological state of the God-conscious soul, and despite external circumstances, the soul itself is never damaged by external temporalities. In this realization the self is protected from the mental ills of this current topsy-turvy world of chaos, fake science, and greed. Furthermore, a common thread in both the Christian scriptures and the ancient Vedic scriptures is that God protects his sincere devotees.

“We know that God’s children do not make a practice of sinning, for God’s Son holds them securely, and the evil one cannot touch them.” – John 5:18

“this very Supreme Personality of Godhead is the supreme controller, the supremely worshipable, all-cognizant, fully determined, fully opulent, the emblem of forgiveness, the protector of surrendered souls, munificent, true to His promise,” – from the Nectar of Devotion by Srila Prabhupada, Spiritual leader in the tradition of Vedic Vaishnavism

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Author is Reality Books.

www.realitybooks.co.uk

The following books are available on Reality Books and on amazon.com:

Notes

[i] Source: https://www.irishtimes.com/opinion/letters/psychiatry-and-society-1.545412

[ii] Source: https://www.citizensinformation.ie/en/health/health-services/mental-health/admission-to-a-psychiatric-hospital/

[iii] Source: https://boydenreport.com/2021/09/03/sigmund-fraud-the-father-of-modern-psychoanalysis-and-gay-anti-christ-jewish-neurotic-charlatan/

[iv] Source: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4253844/

[v] The Vedic diet referred to involves the avoidance of meat, fish, eggs, garlic, onions, alcohol, coffee, tea and tobacco, all of which are aphrodisiacal stimulants. Note that eminent Danish nutritionist Mikkel Hindhede (1862-1945), stated “we must conclude that sex in its ordinary manifestation among civilised human beings is not the product of natural instinct that it is generally supposed to be but is a chemotropism evoked or conditioned reflex (in Pavlov’s sense) evoked in response to aphrodisiacal stimulation by foods and beverages, especially animal proteins, alcohol, coffee, and also tobacco. This tropistic reaction, in both its physical and psychical aspects, is subject to voluntary control through diet, an alkaline-forming, low protein vegetable diet reducing it, while an acid-forming high-protein met diet increases it.”

[vi] Information on the Fiedler Ruling is available at http://axley.com/patrick-j- fiedler

[vii] THE YALE JOURNAL OF BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE 51 (1978), 457-468

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2595611/pdf/yjbm00133-0026.pdf referenced  in the article A dangerous link: Toxic chemicals and depression https://phlabs.com/a-dangerous-link-toxic-chemicals-and-depression

[viii] Source: https://www.ninds.nih.gov/health-information/disorders/neurotoxicity

[ix] This is described in an article by health care professionals at https://phlabs.com/are-your-meds-creating-your-depression-be-proactive

Thank You for Emitting: The Hypocrisies of COP29

November 19th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

COP29 was always going to be memorable, for no other reason than the hosting country, Azerbaijan, is a petrostate indifferent to the issue of emissions and scornful of ecological preachers.  It has seen its natural gas supply grow by 128% between 2000 and 2021.  Between 2006 and 2021, gas exports rose by a monumental 29,290%.  A dizzying 95% of the country’s exports are made up of oil and gas, with much of its wealth failing to trickle down to the rest of the populace.

The broadly described West, as stated by President Ilham Aliyev in his opening address to the Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, was in no position to be lecturing his country about cutting back on the use of fossil fuels.  They were, he grandly claimed, “a gift from God”.  In this, he should have surprised no one.  In April 2024, he declared that, as a leader of a country “which is rich in fossil fuels, of course, we will defend the right of these countries to continue investments and to continue production.”

A few days later, Aliyev played the other side of the climate change divide, suggesting at a meeting with island leaders that France and the Netherlands had been responsible for “brutally” suppressing the “voices” of communities in such overseas territories as Mayotte and Curaçao concerned with climate change.  (Aliyev himself is no stranger to suppressing, with dedicated brutality, voices of dissent within his own country.)  This proved too much for France’s Ecological Transition Minister, Agnès Pannier-Runacher, who cancelled her planned attendance to the summit while attacking Baku for “instrumentalising the fight against climate change for its undignified personal agenda.”

On the second day of the summit, the UN Secretary-General, Antonio Guterres, tried to turn the attention of delegates to the urgent matter at hand. 

“The sound you hear is the ticking clock – we are in the final countdown to limit global temperature rise to 1.5°C, and time is not on our side.” 

Others, however, heard the sound of money changing hands, with the fossil fuel industry lurking, fangs and pens at the ready, presided over by the good offices of a petrostate.

In the background lie assessments of gloomy inevitability.  The Climate Change Tracker’s November 2024 briefing notes this year was one characterised by “minimal progress, with almost no new national climate change targets (NDCs) or net zero pledges even though government have agreed to (urgently) strengthen their 2030 targets and to align them with the 1.5°C goal of the Paris Agreement.”

.

undefined

World Leaders Climate Action Summit at COP29 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

.

As easy as it is to rage against the opportunistic Aliyev, who crudely blends environmentalism with ethnic cleansing, few attending the summit in Baku come with clean hands.  As with previous COP events, Baku offers another enormous event of emitters and emission, featuring tens of thousands of officials, advisors and minders bloviating in conference.  That said, the 67,000 registrants at this conference is somewhat lower compared with the 83,000 who descended on Dubai at COP28.

The plane tracking website FlightRadar24 noted that 65 private jets landed in the Azerbaijani capital prior to the summit, prompting Alethea Warrington, the head of energy, aviation and heat at Possible, a climate action charity, to tut with heavy disapproval:

“Travelling by private jet is a horrendous waste of the world’s scarce remaining carbon budget, with each journey producing more emissions in a few hours than the average person around the world emits in an entire year.”

COP29 is also another opportunity to strike deals that have little to do with reducing emissions and everything to do with advancing the interests of lobby groups and companies in the energy market, much of it of a fossil fuel nature.  In the spirit of Dubai, COP29 is set to follow in the footsteps of the wily Sultan Ahmed Al Jaber, who chaired COP28 in Dubai.  Prior to the arrival of the chatterati of climate change last year, the Sultan was shown in leaked briefing documents to the BBC and the Centre for Climate Reporting (CCR) to be an avid enthusiast for advancing the business of the Abu Dhabi National Oil Company (Adnoc).  It was hard to avoid the glaring fact that Al Jaber is also the CEO of Adnoc.

The documents in question involve over 150 pages of briefings prepared by the COP28 team for meetings with Jaber and various interested parties held between July and October this year.  They point to plans to raise matters of commercial interest with as many as 30 countries.  The CCR confirms

“that on at least one occasion a nation followed up on commercial discussions brought up in a meeting with Al Jaber; a source with knowledge of discussions also told CCR that Adnoc’s business interests were allegedly raised during a meeting with another country.”

The COP29 chairman, Samir Nuriyev, had already put out feelers as early as March this year that a “fair approach” was needed when approaching countries abundant with oil and natural gas, notably in light of their purported environmental policies.  He went so far as to argue that Azerbaijan was an ideal interlocutor between the Global South and Global North.  His colleague and chief executive of the COP29 team, Elnur Soltanov, showed exactly how that process would work in a secret recording ahead of the conference in which he discusses “investment opportunities” in the state oil and gas company with a person posing as a potential investor.  (The person in question purported to be representing a fictitious Hong Kong investment firm with a sharp line in energy.)  “We have a lot of gas fields that are to be developed,” Soltanov insists.  “We will have a certain amount of oil and gas being produced, perhaps forever.”

In many ways, the Baku gathering has all the hallmarks of a criminal syndicate meeting, held under more open conditions.  Fair play, then, to the Azerbaijani hosts for working out the climate change racket, taking the lead from Dubai last year.  Aliyev and company noted months in advance that this was less a case of being a theatre of the absurd than a forum for business.  And so, it is proving to be.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image is licensed under CC BY 2.0

Researcher Adam Green reveals Fox News “analyst” and Donald Trump’s Defense Secretary appointee Pete Hegseth is a “[redacted]-first sellout,” “war hawk,” “neocon,” and “Third Temple cultist” who “wants war with Iran and Russia.”

Hegseth says he is a “Christian Zionist” who believes Jesus will “return” once the “Third Temple” is built where the Dome of the Rock, also called the Al-Aqsa mosque compound, now sits on the Temple Mount in the Old City of Jerusalem.

“Pete Hegseth, Trump’s nominee for Secretary of Defense has also sparked controversy among the military. The 44-year-old Fox News host and Army National Guard who will be heading the Pentagon has been described by Paul Rieckhoff (founder of Independent Veterans of America) as “the least qualified nominee for SecDef in American history.”.(Uriel Araujo, Global Research)

.

.

VIDEO: Incisive analysis with Adam Green 

[Start at 00:12:10]

(Never mind that historians like Richard Carrier have found no substantial evidence Jesus ever existed or that any Bible stories are true.)

Trump and many congress members also say they want to build the Third Temple.

Philip Giraldi notes:

Perhaps the most demented of [Trump’s appointees] is also is the individual in the most potentially threatening position, Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth.

Hegseth is a journalist with FOX news with one observer noting that he has never managed any organization larger than his three wives and five children prior to his upgrade to the $1 trillion budgeted 2.9 million Pentagon employees.

Even by Christian Zionist standards, he might well be considered to be an extremist.

An excerpt from Hegseth’s book, American Crusade, Our Fight to Stay Free(2020) includes:

“Simply put: if you don’t understand why Israel matters and why it is so central to the story of Western civilization — with America being its greatest manifestation — then you don’t live in history.

“America’s story is inextricably linked to Judeo-Christian history and the modern state of Israel.

“You can love America without loving Israel but that tells me your knowledge of the Bible and Western civilization is woefully incomplete. …

“If you love America, you should love Israel. We share history, we share faith, and we share freedom. We love free people, free expression, and free markets.”


The following videos require membership.  

To view them click here, ignore the paid episode  and scroll down to James Hill’s Newsletter with the full text 

.

Watch here 

.

These architectural ambitions could be harmless enough, like constructing a Methodist kindergarten, except religious authorities claim that when the Third Temple is built, the Messiah (Moshiach) will come and enslave or kill all gentiles.

Christians like Hegseth and Messianic rabbis like Jonathan Cahn say they believe this messiah will be Jesus, who will “rapture” believers into the sky “to meet Him in the air.”

Others including some Orthodox Jews say the messiah will be someone else, not Jesus.

Regardless, around when the messiah presents himself to the world, a massive war will kill two-thirds of the world’s population, rabbis claim.

.

Watch here

.

Preachers like Cahn and John Hagee (video below) urge us to welcome these wars while kicking back and munching popcorn, on the grounds the ensuing destruction is inevitable fulfillment of “prophecies.”

.

Watch here

.

This predicted killing of billions is referred to by various terms including:

  • the war of Gog and Magog;
  • destroying Edom, Esau, and Amalek;
  • Esau (Europe and America) versus Ishmael (Eurasia, Arabs, and Muslims); and
  • Behemoth (East) versus Leviathan (West).

.

Watch here

.

Rabbi Yosef Mizrachi (video below) says war between America and Russia could start soon after Trump takes office in January 2025.

.

Watch here

.

Judge Andrew Napolitano tells Gerald Celente (video below) that Hegseth is spectacularly unqualified to be defense secretary, lacking any strategic reasoning, management skills, or empathy.

.

Watch here

.

Judge Napolitano says Hegseth and fellow [redacted]-first Trump designees Marco Rubio (Secretary of State) and Mike Huckabee (US Ambassador to Israel) “will lead us to World War III.”

Of Hegseth’s plan for a military apocalypse, rabbis like Michael Danielov (video below) say the Torah and Talmud predict Persia (now represented by Russia and Iran) will defeat Rome (today’s Europe and America).

.

Watch here

.

Trump has threatened Iran and seems primed to go to war with them.

.

Watch here

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0


Annex

Below is an excerpt from a Wikipedia article on Pete Hegseth:

Peter Brian Hegseth (born June 6, 1980) is an American television presenter, author, and Army National Guard officer who is the nominee for United States Secretary of Defense in Donald Trump‘s second cabinet. A political commentator for Fox News since 2014 and weekend co-host of Fox & Friends from 2017 to 2024, he was previously the executive director of Vets for Freedom and Concerned Veterans for America.

Hegseth has been active in conservative and Republican politics since his undergraduate days at Princeton University. In 2016, he emerged as a supporter of Donald Trump‘s presidential candidacy and served as an occasional advisor to Trump throughout the latter’s first term as president. He reportedly persuaded Trump to pardon three American soldiers accused or convicted of war crimes related to the shooting of non-combatants in Iraq. Hegseth, who was a platoon leader at Guantanamo Bay during his military service, defended the treatment of inmates detained there.[1]

A controversial “nonprofit killer” bill is back on track after it was blocked earlier this week.

A majority of Democrats in the House of Representatives rejected the bill on Tuesday out of fear that it could grant President-elect Donald Trump the legal tools with which to target his ideological foes, but Republicans are swiftly pressing ahead.

The Stop Terror-Financing and Tax Penalties on American Hostages Act, which would empower the secretary of the Treasury to designate any nonprofit as a “terrorist supporting organization” and revoke its tax-exempt status, is set to go before the Committee on Rules on Monday for a hearing that could tee up the bill for a new floor vote.

The hearing was announced Thursday evening, just two days after 144 Democrats and one Republican voted against the bill as part of a fast-track parliamentary procedure that required a two-thirds majority.

The bill, also known as H.R. 9495, has come under withering criticism from a broad coalition of organizations that say its sponsors are pushing it as a means of cracking down on free speech — particularly speech in support of Palestine. In a joint statement earlier this week, a coalition of Arab American and Muslim organizations pledged to continue to fight the bill.

“This bill was designed to criminalize organizations and activists who oppose the U.S.’s unconditional support of Israel’s genocide of Palestinians and the slaughter of Lebanese civilians,” read the statement, which was signed by the Council on American-Islamic Relations, American Muslims for Palestine, and others. “We will continue to stand firm in protecting all organizations’ freedom to speak and operate without fear of political retribution.”

Offices for the chair and ranking member of the Ways and Means Committee, through which the bill must pass, did not respond to requests for comment.

With pro-Israel groups lobbying for the bill, it gained popularity among House Democrats, in part due to a provision providing tax relief to Americans held hostage abroad.

The reelection of Trump, however, galvanized opponents, including Rep. Lloyd Doggett, D-Texas, who led the charge to reject the bill on Tuesday. Doggett doubled down on Thursday after learning of the newly scheduled Rules Committee hearing.

“In this mislabeled bill, House Republicans are hiding behind hostages,” Doggett said in a statement to The Intercept. “Their rush to reconsider this bill is solely to offer Trump more and more power, while Trump’s nominees for key national security posts this week indicate how he will be using it.”

Simple Majority to Pass

Doggett and fellow Democratic opponents of the bill face an uphill battle to halt the legislation for good. They were able to block it on Tuesday only because H.R. 9495 was put to a House vote under suspension of the rules, a maneuver allowing for legislation to be fast-tracked by limiting debate and barring the addition of new amendments in exchange for the requirement of a two-thirds majority to pass.

Ultimately, 144 Democrats voted no, along with Rep. Thomas Massie, R-Ky., barely meeting the threshold to block the bill from fast-track passage. Voting in favor were 204 Republicans and 52 Democrats. The narrow loss — with so many Democrats supporting the bill, opponents had no votes to spare — provoked outrage from supporters of the bill like Rep. Jason Smith, R-Mo., who had spoken in favor of it prior to the vote.

“This shameful partisan play only sets back efforts to halt the abuse of America’s tax code by terrorist organizations,” Smith said in a statement published Wednesday by the House Ways and Means Committee. “Going forward, I encourage our Democrat colleagues to put the defense of our nation and the needs of American taxpayers first.”

Civil liberties groups that had long opposed the bill hailed the vote to block it as a victory, albeit a fleeting one.

The bill is slated for a hearing on Monday known as a markup session, in which committee members may briefly discuss the legislation and propose amendments. If a majority of committee members approve of the bill, whether in its original or amended form, it would move on to another vote on the House floor.

This time, it would likely be put to a simple majority vote. With Republicans in control of the chamber and around 52 Democratic lawmakers showing support by voting for it on Tuesday, the bill would almost certainly pass.

Doggett, however, remained determined:

“We Democrats can either post a Yield Right of Way sign or push back to make every effort to protect civil society and our freedoms.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Much is being talked about how US newly elected President Donald Trump is supposedly at war with the “Deep State” (and the intelligence apparatus) – because of the announcements made pertaining to his nomination choices for some key US government positions. While he has named “outsiders” for the post of Director of National Intelligence (DNI), and to head the Pentagon, and amazingly the CIA, he has also chosen hawkish Senator Marco Rubio to lead the Department of State.

Trump has tapped Tulsi Gabbard (former Democrat Congresswoman) as DNI. She is on record stating that Washington had no business interfering in Syria and that Russian President Vladimir Putin had his reasons to launch the Russian campaign in Ukraine. Such views are considered radical or even heresy within the American Establishment. Gabbard however has little experience with intelligence work.

The name of Pete Hegseth, Trump’s nominee for Secretary of Defense has also sparked controversy among the military. The 44-year-old Fox News host and Army National Guard who will be heading the Pentagon has been described by Paul Rieckhoff (founder of Independent Veterans of America) as “the least qualified nominee for SecDef in American history.” Finally, there is John Ratcliffe (former DNI), appointed to serve as CIA director. He is basically seen as a fierce Trump loyalist, and is accused by US hawks of being too “soft” on Russia (albeit being a “China hawk”).

Reid Smith (Foreign Policy Vice President) and Dan Caldwell (Public Policy Adviser at Defense Priorities), argue in their Foreign Policy piece that “the United States has overreached in its foreign policy and must correct course”, and that Donald Trump’s presidency could be the way out of it. They warn that the “Republican Party should embrace Trump’s ‘art of the deal’ foreign policy approach” of “tough-minded diplomacy” (focusing on “diplomatic dealmaking”) rather than a “neoconservative foreign policy consensus”, which focuses on intervention and warfare.

The US, after all, they argue, has reached, after two decades of “military entanglements”, a state of “battle fatigue”, and also “operates in a world of constraints”, with a limited industrial capacity. Thus “America First” should mean “a commitment to realism and restraint”, and the Grand Old Party (GOP), as the Republican Party is often called, should prioritize “American interests over maintaining the hegemony of liberal values worldwide.”

It all sounds quite merry and optimistic, and makes sense, considering some of Donald Trump’s aforementioned nominations. The announcement of Rubio’s nomination, however (together with other China hawks), should make anyone skeptical about Washington exercising much restraint under Trump. For one thing, with Rubio, the risk of further American interventions in Venezuela and Latin America in general will increase – which confirms what I wrote last week about Monroeism being the other side of Trump’s supposed isolationism. The choice of Rubio seems to “balance” the names of Ratcliffe, Hegseth and Gabbard. It also sends a clear message and seems to be a way to “appease” the diplomatic-military Establishment 

In the US, the Secretary of State (SecState) is analogous to a Minister of Foreign Affairs or a Chancellor in other countries. He or she heads the Department of State (responsible for the country’s foreign policy and relations), and is the second-highest-ranking member of the president’s Cabinet, after the vice president, ranking fourth in the presidential line of succession. It is often said that no two US agencies work “more closely together” (in foreign nations) than the Department of State and the CIA.

Moreover, according to Joseph W. Wippl (former CIA officer and International Relations professor at the Boston University), “some CIA responsibilities cover identical areas of reporting by the Department of State, but through clandestine means rather than official contacts”. He adds: “in my extensive experience, the greatest beneficial effect on policy came when State and CIA reporting dovetailed. Common positions did not always occur, and tension between the two agencies resulted when there were differences.”

If the Secretary of State is an Establishment “hard-liner” hawk while the Director of National Intelligence, and other appointees are “doves” (on Syria and other issues) or radical outsiders and loyalists, then internal conflict is bound to occur within the intelligence community, and the high echelons of the bureaucracy. That can compromise governability. In this way, exercising any amount of restraint in foreign policy will be a challenge – and doing just the opposite will be a challenge too.

Rather than a “rupture” or breaking with an interventionist foreign policy, the choice of Marco Rubio signals continuity with it. Trump’s choices (other than Rubio) are ideology and loyalty-oriented – they are also questionable in terms of curriculum, expertise, and qualifications. But they do seem to signal a rupture. How can one make sense of it?

While no one can be sure Trump will actually deliver a more “restrained” foreign policy (as promised and as Reid Smith and Dan Caldwell hope), what one can be sure of is that Trump will attempt to “tame” the intelligence services so as to be able to better advance his own political and personal goals. This is first and foremost about increasing presidential powers, which is in line with Trump’s whole agenda of expanding the Executive, as outlined in Project 2025.

In Trump v. United States, the Supreme Court has already ruled that the President cannot be criminally prosecuted for “official acts”, and such immunity provides him with a firm ground to pursue such an agenda. US Presidents are already temporary de jure dictators when it comes to foreign policy (for example, they can actually wage in warfare without Congress approval), but they are of course constrained in practice by the “Deep State”. Trump wants to turn Presidents into near-dictators when it comes to domestic policy too – and while he is at it, he also wants to challenge the Deep State. Those are too bold goals for anyone – even for someone who is so well positioned and empowered as Trump currently is.

Moreover, historically, whenever an American President attempted to tame the intelligence services, it never ended well. Kennedy, Johnson, Nixon, and Ford all distrusted the CIA – eventually they all learned to live with it – except Nixon, who was ousted; and Kennedy, who famously declared he would “splinter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter it into the winds”. Kennedy’s assassination remains unexplained to this day.

Considering the many failures the Secret Service displayed with regards to Trump’s assassination attempt in Pennsylvania (during the presidential election campaign) not to mention the inconsistencies, the newly elected US President could be in a very vulnerable position if he attempts to challenge too much the so-called deep state – especially considering the American record when it comes to intrigue and assassin attempts against officials.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo, PhD, is an anthropology researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Xinhua/Ting Shen

Contrasting Expectations for a Russia-Ukraine Settlement

November 18th, 2024 by Michael Averko

In his dramatic shift away from arming the Kiev regime, Donald Trump’s Secretary of State Marco Rubio says he’s now against funding a “stalemate” concerning the NATO proxy war against Russia. The use of the word stalemate misrepresents the actual situation in a way that serves to prolong a conflict which Trump correctly said should’ve never happened.

Since February 24, 2022, the start of Russia’s Special Miliary Operation (SMO), the Russian military has qualitatively and quantitively gotten stronger with the Kiev regime going in reverse. During this same period, Russia’s economy has fared comparably better than that of the EU. For all practical purposes, the Kiev regime doesn’t have a functioning economy.

In the US, the overall population face considerable socioeconomic challenges and is therefore reluctant to see massive aid going to Project Ukraine. This is a key motivating reason for Trump’s resounding victory over the Democratic Party establishment. A limited American military engagement abroad enables a Trump administration concentration on US domestic concerns.

In his changed position, Rubio notes that Ukraine is better off with a practical peace settlement which maintains the former Soviet republic as a functioning state. The US foreign policy establishment peace proposals are out of whack with reality.

Shortly before Trump’s decisive victory, Council on Foreign Relations President Richard Haass, gave an unrealistic commentary in Foreign Affairs. Contrary to Haass, Russia has already rejected the idea of a ceasefire for the purpose of building up Kiev regime military capability, as well as a 10-20 year wait on whether Ukraine can join NATO. As the party winning and most likely to win the NATO proxy war against it, Russia will have a great say on the settlement terms.

Haass’s selective BS (when applied to Russia) about ethically not redrawing boundaries via force is pretty rich given what NATO has done regarding Kosovo. Borders continue to be redrawn elsewhere via armed conflict. South Sudan is a recent example. In the not-too-distant past, Germany was reunified after it had been forcefully separated. Hence, it’s not so out of the ordinary for some culturally, historically, linguistically and religiously Russian territory to be reunited.

Mirroring Haass, New York former Republican Governor Geroge Pataki said on a November 12 WABC New York Talk Radio show (at the 40:24 mark) that aggression shouldn’t be rewarded. He wasn’t referring to neocon, neolib, neo-Nazi Banderite aggression. Rather, an overly selective and inaccurate overview on his part. The Hungarian-American Pataki is no Viktor Orban or Péter Szijjártó.

Among the considerably better American commentators getting some establishment play, there’s room for valid disagreement. James Webb of the Quincy Institute is the brilliant son of a former US Secretary of the Navy and Virginia Senator.

In a November 12 segment on The Duran (at the 1:00:38 mark), Webb spoke of a hypothetical geopolitical exchange involving a Russian military withdrawal from Syria. For the purpose of satisfying Western neocon and neolib feelings, there’s no need for this.

Russia’s number of military bases in the Middle East and elsewhere dwarfs that of the US. In Syria, the Russian armed presence is welcomed by the internationally recognized Syrian government unlike the current US troop deployment there. The secular Syrian government (which BTW is preferred by the majority of Syrian Christians) sought Russian, Iranian and Lebanese Hezbollah help in combating Sunni extremists affiliated with either ISIS or Al Qaeda.

Even with the Russian settlement terms, the collective Western foreign policy establishment can brag (albeit erroneously) about:

  • NATO adding two new members (Finland and Sweden, thus further extending itself)
  • how Putin didn’t take all of Ukraine (not that he ever actually attempted to do such).

At this time, a Russian proposed settlement is along these lines:

  • strictly adhered to Ukrainian neutrality, with a limited Ukrainian armed forces
  • all of Zaporozhe, Donetsk, Lugansk and Kherson going to Russia
  • end of SMO related sanctions against Russia
  • complete release of Russian “frozen” (stolen) assets
  • protection of Russian identity (like language use) within Ukraine’s Communist drawn boundary
  • discussion on a new Euro-Atlantic security arrangement.

A year ago, the Kiev regime could’ve gotten a better deal. Going back further, the Minsk Accords was an even better option for it. The longer the proxy war against Russia continues, the greater the likelihood of the Kiev regime losing more Ukrainian territory.

Don’t be fooled by the clownishly pompous likes of Sebastian Gorka. On a November 16 RT aired show (at the 15:45 mark), Gorka said that if Russia refused a Trump peace proposal, the incoming US president will flood Ukraine with arms. Like Pataki, the Brit-Hungarian-American Gorka is no Orban or Szijjártó.

Seasoned military analysts including Daniel Davis, Jacques Baud, Brian Berletic, Lawrence Wilkerson, Douglas Macgregor, Mark Sleboda and Scott Ritter, have conclusively shown how the Collective West is pretty much tapped out on what it can (within reason) militarily provide the Kiev regime, in conjunction with a dwindling number of available Kiev regime armed forces personnel.

Daniel Davis has astutely detailed why the recently reported move by the Biden administration isn’t going to change the eventual outcome.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Michael Averko is a New York based independent foreign policy analyst and media critic. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Most Censored Paper on Earth: The Lancet-Censored “Sudden Death” COVID-19 Vaccine Autopsy Paper Has Been Peer-Reviewed and Published

By Dr. William Makis, November 18, 2024

This is a monumental achievement in the face of historically unprecedented scientific censorship. Yes, COVID-19 mRNA vaccines cause sudden death and most are within the first two weeks – that’s why they were labeled UNVACCINATED. This paper proves why they did it.

How Will Russia Respond to Ukraine’s Use of Western Long-Range Missiles?

By Andrew Korybko, November 18, 2024

Reports emerged on Sunday that the US finally approved Ukraine’s request to use long-range ATACMS missiles against targets inside of Russia’s pre-2014 borders, which was followed by other reports claiming that France and the UK then followed suit.

Will Washington Succeed in Opening More War Fronts for Russia? Paul C. Roberts

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, November 18, 2024

Western NGOs have sent the Georgian opposition political parties that they finance into the streets to protest the Georgian Dream Party’s sweep of the legislative elections. The Georgian Dream Party favors pragmatic relations with Russia, whereas the collection of small parties financed by the West want to create another Maidan Revolution to open a second front for Washington against Russia. See this.

Who Is in the President’s Team? Manlio Dinucci

By Manlio Dinucci, November 18, 2024

Trump’s election certainly creates a situation open to change from what would have been made if Kamala Harris had become president in the wake of Biden. However, it must be seen what these changes will be. It might be possible, for instance, to open negotiations with Moscow to end the US/NATO war against Russia via Ukraine.

Video: The World Is at the Crossroads of the Most Serious Crisis in Modern History. Michel Chossudovsky

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Matthew Ehret-Kump, November 18, 2024

What we are living is the most serious economic-social crisis in world history. What is happening in Palestine is interconnected with what is happening in other parts of the world. It requires a historical background.

Natural Resources and Palestinian Sovereignty: Israel’s Further Isolation

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, November 17, 2024

Two more United Nations committee resolutions.  Both concerning the conduct of Israel past and current.  While disease, hunger and death continue to stalk the Gaza Strip, and the West Bank remains under the thick thumb of occupation, deliberations in foreign fora continue to take place about how to address this hideous state of affairs.

COP29. The Great Reset of the Climate Apocalypse. Taxing the People to Feed the Banks

By Michael Welch, Dmitry Orlov, and Matthew Ehret-Kump, November 16, 2024

On this week’s episode of the Global Research News Hour, we will endeavour to explore the issue broadly, as we get a look behind the curtain concealing the true players behind the COP29’s much ado about nothing.

Colleges could become liable to pay for medical costs for students who experienced adverse effects from the COVID-19 vaccine under a new law being introduced by House Republicans.

Under the University Forced Vaccination Student Injury Mitigation Act, filed by Rep. Matt Rosendale (R-MT) on Tuesday, colleges and universities that imposed COVID-19 vaccine mandates on campuses would be required to pay for the costs or be at risk of losing federal funds from the Education Department.

“If you are not prepared to face the consequences, you should have never committed the act,” Rosendale said in a statement. “Colleges and universities forced students to inject themselves with an experimental vaccine knowing it was not going to prevent COVID-19 while potentially simultaneously causing life-threatening health defects like Guillian-Barre Syndrome and myocarditis. It is now time for schools to be held accountable for their brazen disregard for students’ health and pay for the issues they are responsible for causing.”

Under the legislation, students could seek reimbursement for medical costs through a formal request that includes a record of COVID-19 vaccination, certification from a medical provider that the vaccine caused some sort of disease, and a detailed account of medical expenses.

Diseases covered by the legislation include myocarditis, pericarditis, thrombosis with thrombocytopenia syndrome, Gullian-Barre Syndrome, and other diseases that the secretary of education determines are associated with a COVID-19 vaccine.

Colleges would then be required to accept requests and pay the costs within 30 days. Universities can challenge requests for being fraudulent or containing insufficient evidence.

The legislation comes as at least 17 colleges and universities still require COVID-19 vaccines for enrollment, according to data from No College Mandates. Now, lawmakers and anti-mandate groups are looking for accountability for students who experienced adverse reactions but were not given opportunities to opt out of the enrollment requirements.

“College students were stripped of their fundamental right to bodily autonomy and informed consent when colleges imposed some of the most coercive and restrictive vaccination policies,” Lucia Sinatra, co-founder of No College Mandates, said in a statement thanking Rosendale. “Countless college students have been injured by Covid-19 vaccinations.”

At least two House Republicans have signed on as co-sponsors to the legislation, including Reps. Eli Crane (R-AZ) and Bill Posey (R-FL).

“No student in the United States should face crippling medical costs because of an experimental vaccine their school forced them into receiving,” Crane said. “We must hold institutions to account for continuing to inflict COVID-era idiocy on their student body, and that’s exactly what this bill would accomplish. I’m proud to be a cosponsor of this legislation to help rectify this unjustified overreach.”

It is not yet clear whether the bill will be brought up for a vote when the House returns in November. However, even if it does pass the House, the legislation would face an uphill battle in a Democratic-led Senate.

Click here to read the Bill.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Our thanks to Dr. William Makis for bringing this to our attention.

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Of all Trump’s choices for his foreign policy team, Marco Rubio is the least controversial to the neoconservative foreign policy establishment in Washington, and the most certain to provide continuity with all that is wrong with U.S. foreign policy, from Cuba to the Middle East to China.

The only area where there might be some hope for ending a war is Ukraine, where Rubio has come close to Donald Trump’s position, praising Ukraine for standing up to Russia, but recognizing that the U.S. is funding a deadly “stalemate war” that needs to be “brought to a conclusion.”

But in all the other hot spots around the world, Rubio is likely to make conflicts even hotter, or start new ones.

1. His obsession with regime change in Cuba will sink any chance of better relations with the island.

Like other Cuban-American politicians, Marco Rubio has built his career on vilifying the Cuban Revolution and trying to economically strangle and starve into submission the people of his parents’ homeland.

It is ironic, therefore, that his parents left Cuba before the Revolution, during the U.S.-backed dictatorship of Fulgencio Batista, whose executioners, secret police and death squads killed an estimated 20,000 people, according to the CIA, leading to a wildly popular revolution in 1959.

When President Obama began to restore relations with Cuba in 2014, Rubio swore to do “everything possible” to obstruct and reverse that policy. In May 2024, Rubio reiterated his zero tolerance for any kind of social or economic contacts between the U.S. and Cuba, claiming that any easing of the U.S. blockade will only “strengthen the oppressive regime and undermine the opposition… Until there is freedom in Cuba, the United States must maintain a firm stance.”

In 2024 Rubio also introduced legislation to ensure that Cuba would remain on the U.S. “State Sponsor of Terrorism List,” imposing sanctions that cut Cuba off from the U.S.-dominated Western banking system.

These measures to destroy the Cuban economy have led to a massive wave of migration in the past two years. But when the U.S. Coast Guard tried to coordinate with their Cuban counterparts, Rubio introduced legislation to prohibit such interaction. While Trump has vowed to stem immigration, his Secretary of State wants to crush Cuba’s economy, forcing people to abandon the island and set sail for the United States.

2. Applying his anti-Cuba template to the rest of Latin America will make enemies of more of our neighbors.

Rubio’s disdain for his ancestral home in Cuba has served him so well as an American politician that he has extended it to the rest of Latin America. He has sided with extreme right-wing politicians like Jair Bolsonaro in Brazil and Javier Milei in Argentina, and rails against progressive ones, from Brazil’s Ignacio Lula da Silva to Mexico’s popular former President Lopez Obrador, whom he called “an apologist for tyranny” for supporting other leftist governments.

In Venezuela, he has promoted brutal sanctions and regime change plots to topple the government of Nicolas Maduro. In 2019 he was one of the architects of Trump’s failed policy of recognizing opposition figure Juan Guaido as president. He has also advocated for sanctions and regime change in Nicaragua.

In March 2023, Rubio urged President Biden to impose sanctions on Bolivia for prosecuting  leaders of a 2019 U.S.-backed coup that led to massacres that killed at least 21 people.

Rubio also condemned the government of Honduras for withdrawing from an extradition treaty with the United States this past August, in response to decades of U.S. interference that had turned Honduras into a narco-state riven by poverty, gang violence and mass emigration, until the election of democratic socialist President Xiomara Castro in 2022.

Rubio’s major concern about Latin America now seems to be the influence of China, which has become the leading trade partner of most Latin American countries. Unlike the U.S., China focuses on economic benefits and not internal politics, while American politicians like Marco Rubio still see Latin America as the U.S. “backyard.”

While Rubio’s virulent anti-leftist stands have served him well in climbing to senior positions in the U.S. government, and now into Trump’s inner circle, his disdain for Latin American sovereignty bodes ill for U.S. relations with the region.

3. He believes the US and Israel can do no wrong, and that God has given Palestine to Israel.

Despite the massive death toll in Gaza and global condemnation of Israel’s genocide, Rubio still perpetuates the myth that “Israel takes extraordinary steps to avoid civilian losses” and that innocent people die in Gaza because Hamas has deliberated placed them in the way and used them as human shields. The problem, he says, is “an enemy that doesn’t value human life.”

When asked by CODEPINK in November 2024 if he would support a ceasefire, Rubio replied,

“On the contrary. I want them to destroy every element of Hamas they can get their hands on. These people are vicious animals.”

There are few times in this past year that the Biden administration has tried to restrain Israel, but when Biden begged Israel not to send troops into the southern city of Rafah, Rubio said that was like telling the Allied forces in World War II not to attack Berlin to get Hitler.

In a letter to Secretary of State Blinken in August 2024, Rubio criticized the Biden administration’s decision to sanction Israeli settlers linked to anti-Palestinian violence in the occupied West Bank.

“Israel has consistently sought peace with the Palestinians. It is unfortunate that the Palestinians, whether it be the Palestinian Authority or FTOs [Foreign Terrorist Organisations] such as Hamas, have rejected such overtures,” Rubio wrote. “Israelis rightfully living in their historic homeland are not the impediment to peace; the Palestinians are,” he added.

No country besides Israel subscribes to the idea that its borders should be based on 2,000-year-old religious scriptures, and that it has a God-given right to displace or exterminate people who have lived there since then to reconquer its ancient homeland. The United States will find itself  extraordinarily isolated from the rest of the world if Rubio tries to assert that as a matter of U.S. policy.

4. His deep-seated enmity toward Iran will fuel Israel’s war on its neighbors, and may lead to a U.S. war with Iran.

Rubio is obsessed with Iran. He claims that the central cause of violence and suffering in the Middle East is not Israeli policy but “Iran’s ambition to be a regional hegemonic power.” He says that Iran’s goal in the Middle East is to “seek to drive America out of the region and then destroy Israel.”

He has been a proponent of maximum pressure on Iran, including a call for more and more sanctions. He believes the U.S. should not re-enter the Iran nuclear deal, saying:

“We must not trade away U.S. and Israeli security for vague commitments from a terrorist-sponsoring regime that has killed Americans and threatens to annihilate Israel.”

Rubio calls Lebanon’s Hezbollah a “full blown agent of Iran right on Israel’s border” and that wiping out Hezbollah’s leadership, along with entire neighborhoods full of civilians, is a “service to humanity.” He alleges that Iran has control over Iraq, Syria, the Houthis in Yemen and is a threat to Jordan. He claims that “Iran has put a noose around Israel,” and says that the goal of U.S. policy should be regime change in Iran, which would set the stage for war.

While there will hopefully be leaders in the Pentagon who will caution Donald Trump about the perils of a war with Iran, Rubio will not be a voice of reason.

5.  He is beholden to big money, from the weapons industry to the Israel lobby.

Open Secrets reports that Rubio has received over a million dollars in campaign contributions from pro-Israel groups during his career. The Pro-Israel America PAC was his single largest campaign contributor over the last 5 years. When he last ran for reelection in 2022, he was the third largest recipient of funding by pro-Israel groups in the Senate, taking in $367,000 from them for that campaign.

Rubio was also the fourth largest recipient of funding from the “defense” industry in the Senate for the 2022 cycle, receiving $196,000. Altogether, the weapons industry has invested $663,000 in his Congressional career.

Rubio is clearly beholden to the US arms industry, and even more so to the Israel lobby, which has been one of his largest sources of campaign funding. This has placed him in the vanguard of Congress’s blind, unconditional support for Israel and subservience to Israeli narratives and propaganda, making it unlikely that he will ever challenge the ongoing extermination of the Palestinian people or their expulsion from their homeland.

6. He’s so antagonistic towards China that China has sanctioned him–twice!

Speaking at the Heritage Foundation in 2022, Rubio said:

“The gravest threat facing America today, the challenge that will define this century and every generation represented here, is not climate change, the pandemic, or the left’s version of social justice. The threat that will define this century is China.”

It will be hard for our nation’s “top diplomat” to ease tensions with a country he has so maligned. He antagonized China by co-sponsoring the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act, which allows the U.S. to bar  Chinese imports over alleged Uyghur rights abuses, abuses that China denies and independent researchers question. In fact, Rubio has gone so far as to accuse China of a “grotesque campaign of genocide” against the Uyghurs.

On Taiwan, he has not only introduced legislation to increase military aid to the island, but actually supports Taiwanese independence — a dangerous deviation from the US government’s long-standing One China approach.

The Chinese responded to Rubio by sanctioning him, not once but twice–once regarding the Uyghurs and once for his support of Hong Kong protests. Unless China lifts the sanctions, he would be the first U.S. secretary of state to be banned from even visiting China.

Analysts expect China to try to sidestep Rubio and engage directly with Trump and other senior officials. Steve Tsang, the director of the China Institute at the U.K.’s School of Oriental and African Studies, told Reuters, “If that doesn’t work, then I think we’re going to get into a much more regular escalation of a bad relationship.”

7. Rubio knows sanctions are a trap, but he doesn’t know how to escape.

Rubio is a leading advocate of unilateral economic sanctions, which are illegal under international law, and which the UN and other countries refer to as “unilateral economic coercive measures.”

The United States has used these measures so widely and wildly that they now impact a third of the world’s population. U.S. officials, from Treasury Secretary Yellen to Rubio himself, have warned that using the U.S. financial system and the dollar’s reserve currency status as weapons against other countries is driving the rest of the world to conduct trade in other currencies and develop alternative financial systems.

In March 2023, Rubio complained on Fox News,

“We won’t have to talk sanctions in five years, because there will be so many countries transacting in currencies other than the dollar, that we won’t have the ability to sanction them.”

And yet Rubio has continued to be a leading sponsor of sanctions bills in the Senate, including new sanctions on Iran in January 2024 and a bill in July to sanction foreign banks that participate in alternative financial systems.

So, while other countries develop new financial and trading systems to escape abusive, illegal U.S. sanctions, the nominee for Secretary of State remains caught in the same sanctions trap that he complained about on Fox.

8. He wants to crack down on U.S. free speech.

Rubio wants to curtail the right to free speech enshrined in the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. In May, he described campus protests against Israel as a “complete breakdown of law and order.”

Rubio claimed to be speaking up for other students at American universities.

 “[They] paid a lot of money to go to these schools, [but are being disrupted by] a few thousand antisemitic zombies who have been brainwashed by two decades of indoctrination in the belief that the world is divided between victimizers and victims, and that the victimizers in this particular case, the ones that are oppressing people, are Jews in Israel,” said Rubio.

The Florida senator has said he supports Trump’s plan to deport foreign students who engage in pro-Palestinian campus protests. In April, he called for punishing supporters of the Israel boycott movement as part of efforts to counter antisemitism, falsely equating any attempt to respond to Israel’s international crimes with antisemitism.

And what about those crimes, which the students are protesting? After visiting Israel in May, Rubio wrote an article for National Review, in which he never mentioned the thousands of civilians Israel has killed, and instead blamed Iran, Biden and “morally corrupt international institutions” for the crisis.

Marco Rubio expects Americans to believe that it is not genocide itself, but protests against genocide, that are a complete breakdown of law and order. He couldn’t be more wrong if he tried.

Students are not Rubio’s only target. In August 2023, he alleged that certain “far-left and antisemitic entities” may have violated the Foreign Assistance Registration Act by their ties to China. He called for a Justice Department investigation into 18 groups, starting with CODEPINK. These unfounded claims of China connections are only meant to intimidate legitimate groups that are exercising their free speech rights.

Conclusion

On each of these issues, Rubio has shown no sign of understanding the difference between domestic politics and diplomacy. Whether he’s talking about Cuba, Palestine, Iran or China, or even about CODEPINK, all his supposedly tough positions are based on cynically mischaracterizing the actions and motivations of his enemies and then attacking the “straw man” he has falsely set up.

Unscrupulous politicians often get away with that, and Rubio has made it his signature tactic because it works so well for him in American politics. But that will not work if and when he sits down to negotiate with other world leaders as U.S. secretary of state.

His underlying attitude to foreign relations is, like Trump’s, that the United States must get its way or else, and that other countries who won’t submit must be coerced, threatened, couped, bombed or invaded. This makes Rubio just as ill-equipped as Antony Blinken to conduct diplomacy, improve U.S. relations with other countries or resolve disputes and conflicts peacefully, as the UN Charter requires.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Medea Benjamin is the cofounder of CODEPINK for Peace, and the author of several books, including Inside Iran: The Real History and Politics of the Islamic Republic of Iran.

Nicolas J. S. Davies is an independent journalist, a researcher for CODEPINK and the author of Blood on Our Hands: The American Invasion and Destruction of Iraq.

Medea Benjamin and Nicolas J. S. Davies are the authors of War in Ukraine: Making Sense of a Senseless Conflict, published by OR Books, with an updated edition due in February 2025. They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Featured image is from The Unz Review

It has been two years now, with unprecedented censorship from Lancet and another Elsevier Journal which pulled this paper at the last minute.

This has never been seen in scientific publishing before!

.

.

.

.

.

.

325 AUTOPSIES of recently COVID-19 vaccinated people who “DIED SUDDENLY” (largest autopsy series in the world),

“mean time from vaccination to DEATH was 14.3 days”

“73.9% of deaths were independently adjudicated as directly due to or significantly contributed to by COVID-19 Vaccination.”

Yes, COVID-19 vaccines result in SUDDEN DEATHS early after vaccination (they also do it over the long term too).

Thanks to @P_McCulloughMD and @NicHulscher for the countless hours of hard work it took to get this published.

Congratulations to all my co-authors!

This is a monumental achievement in the face of historically unprecedented scientific censorship.

Yes, COVID-19 mRNA vaccines cause SUDDEN DEATH and most are within the first two weeks – that’s why they were labeled UNVACCINATED.

This paper proves WHY THEY DID IT.

They hid the deaths.

But we got them.

Finally!

.

Click here to read the full report.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image source

Reports emerged on Sunday that the US finally approved Ukraine’s request to use long-range ATACMS missiles against targets inside of Russia’s pre-2014 borders, which was followed by other reports claiming that France and the UK then followed suit. They’ve yet to be used at the time of writing, but Zelensky ominously implied later that day that this could happen very soon. The reason why this is the moment of truth is because Putin earlier warned that it would amount to NATO’s direct involvement in the conflict.

This analysis here about Russia’s updated nuclear doctrine hyperlinks to eight related analyses about everything from “red lines” to the “war of attrition” that readers should review for background context. It also points out how this new policy “regard[s] an aggression against Russia from any non-nuclear state but involving or supported by any nuclear state as their joint attack against the Russian Federation” in Putin’s own words. The stakes therefore haven’t ever been this high.

The reason why the US only just now greenlit Ukraine’s request is because the outgoing ruling collective wants to create the conditions for ensuring that Trump either perpetuates or escalates the conflict. There was concern after his historic electoral victory that he’d completely cut Ukraine off of aid and thus hand Russia its desired maximum victory that would then lead to the US’ worst-ever strategic defeat. It was explained here, here, and here, however, that he was always more likely to “escalate to de-escalate”.

.

.

In any case, what’s most important is how perceptions of those who are still in power shape their policy formulations, which in this example manifested themselves through granting Ukraine the use of Western long-range missiles despite Russia’s prior warnings. The whole point is to intensify the conflict over the next two months before Trump’s reinauguration so that he inherits a much more difficult situation than at present. This is expected to push him into adopting a more hawkish position on the conflict.

Realistically speaking, however, all that’ll likely happen between then and now is that Russia carries out more missile strikes against military targets in Ukraine. Nothing extraordinary like its speculative use of tactical nukes or bombing NATO is expected, both possibilities of which were addressed in the pieces that were enumerated in the earlier analysis about Russia’s updated nuclear doctrine. At most, it might destroy a major bridge across the Dnieper or carry out decapitation strikes, but even those are unlikely.

Putin is averse to escalation since he sincerely fears everything spiraling out of control into World War III. Time and again, precedent proves that he’ll do his utmost to avoid that worst-case scenario as proven by him refusing to significantly escalate after Ukraine bombed the Kremlin, Russia’s early warning systems, strategic airfields, the Crimean Bridge, oil refineries, and residential areas, among its many other targets. There’s accordingly no reason to expect him to jump out of character and significantly escalate after this.

Having said that, sometimes even the most patient people snap, and it’s always possible that Putin might have enough and decide to do what many of his supporters have wanted from the get-go. This could take the form of replicating the US’ “shock and awe” bombing campaign, no longer caring about civilian casualties, and proverbially throwing the kitchen sink at Ukraine. In other words, Russia could take a page from Israel’s playbook as was explained here, which could raise the odds of a maximum victory.

If he stays the course and doesn’t escalate after Ukraine uses Western long-range missiles against targets inside of Russia’s pre-2014 borders, then that could be seen as yet another “goodwill gesture”, which would be aimed at making it easier for Trump to broker a peace deal. The trade-off though is that he might be convinced by some of the hawks around him into interpreting this as weakness, thus emboldening him to “escalate to de-escalate” and leading to serious opportunity costs for Russia.

In that event, it would have been better in hindsight for Russia to escalate just below the level of a Cuban-like brinksmanship crisis, enough to advance as many of its interests as it can while also not going as far as to provoke an “overreaction” from the West that could lead to freezing the conflict pronto. It remains unclear what Putin will ultimately do, but whichever of these two choices he makes will determine the trajectory of this conflict from now on, either more escalation or a possible compromise.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.    

Featured image source


WWIII ScenarioTowards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

“From our side, we must do everything so that this war ends next year, ends through diplomatic means,” Volodymyr Zelenskyy said in a radio interview aired on Saturday, according to the Guardian.

Zelenskyy admitted the situation on the battlefield in eastern Ukraine was dire as Russia made strategic advances. He added that the war will “end sooner” than it otherwise would have after president-elect Donald Trump is inaugurated on January 20, 2025.

On Friday, Zelensky spoke by phone with Trump, and said,

“I didn’t hear anything that goes against our position.”  Trump said in Florida after the call, “We’re going to work very hard on Russia and Ukraine. It’s got to stop.”

Zelensky was upset by German chancellor Olaf Scholz’s call with Putin, characterizing the call as playing into Putin’s hand.  The Scholz call to Putin demonstrates the emerging cracks in the wall of the EU, as not everyone in Europe has supported the Biden-NATO aggression aimed at Russia.

Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Arnaud Develay, a lawyer specializing in criminal international law, and author of Foreign Entanglements: Biden, Ukraine and the Fracturing of the American Political Consensus (2024, Clarity Press).

Steven Sahiounie (SS): The American people recently elected Donald Trump as president, but he won’t take office until January 20. Trump has said that he will stop the conflict in Ukraine even before he takes office. In your opinion, what could be Trump’s plan to end the war?

Arnaud Develay (AD):  Trump has indeed expressed his desire to see the Ukraine conflict brought to an end (an end to violence). There’s however a major difference between formulating campaign slogans and putting into application a formula which can be deemed to satisfy all parties to the conflict. As of this writing, Russia’s position is clear: The Special Military Operation will continue until Ukraine is de-Nazified and de-militarized. This implies that the foremost concerns of the Russian Federation bear on securing security guarantees that NATO will not threaten it on its Western borders. It also implies that the liberated, and now parts of Russia, former regions on the east of Ukraine are to be made secured from Western-sponsored aggression. To date, rumors emanating from Washington seem to refer to a freezing of the conflict with a demilitarized zone set up between Russian troops and European service-members. Some of these rumors also suggest that in exchange for Ukraine not joining NATO for any period of time between 10 and 20 years, the West would be able to keep arming Kiev. Obviously, this is a non-starter for Russia for these merely postpone the resumption of hostilities to a not-so-distant future. Russia will thus have to take matters in its own hands and if need be take control of the whole of Ukraine.

SS:  According to media reports, the Russian army has been making important gains on the battlefield. In your view, what is the military situation in Ukraine now?

AD:  On the ground, the Russian military is advancing all along the front, registering territorial gains every single day and methodically obliterating Ukraine’s ability to mount any significant operations. Settlements are increasingly not even being defended as UAF are simply retreating to a defensive position in the face of Russian advances. Russia for its part is aiming to capture the logistical hub of Prokrovsk which in turn would lead to the liberating of major urban centers such as Kramatorsk and Kupiansk without having to fire a single shot. At some point in the not so-distant future, we could witness the total collapse of the front followed by a general offensive aimed at removing the terrorist regime sitting in Kiev.

SS:  After the Trump election victory, the European countries are beginning to shift their positions on their support of Ukraine. In your opinion, which countries will support an end to the war?

AD:  The European position is not unified as it relates to Ukraine in a post-Trump victory. Some like France and Britain have expressed their desire to keep arming Ukraine, and currently seek to secure Biden’s authorization to send long-range missiles to Zelensky. Germany’s Olaf Scholz has thus far refrained from delivering ATACMS Taurus long-range ballistic systems to Kiev (the use of which is a red line to Moscow), but as early German parliamentary elections are set to be held in March, there are opposition German politicians seemingly willing to favor escalation. In Brussels, EU Commissioner Ursula Von der Leyen is a hard-core Kiev supporter who favors the thieving of Russian assets (300 Billion dollars) to keep financing the war. Finally, European countries such as Hungary and Slovakia are in favor of negotiating a settlement which would put an end to the war and allow trade to resume with Moscow. These countries are a minority and Viktor Orban’s efforts as rotating President of the European Council has failed to sway the tide.

SS:  President Putin has a good relationship with Iran, and has had a good relationship with President Trump. In your opinion, can Putin serve as a mediator between Trump and Iran?

AD:  Vladimir Putin is always predisposed to promote diplomacy in order to avoid conflicts. His ability to mediate between Washington and Tehran is however not likely to be an easy task. Some hawks in Washington (including if not specifically in the incoming Trump administration) simply want Iran to abandon its defense capabilities and its support for the Palestinian cause. That’s a non-starter. It is thus of paramount importance that the Israeli-Palestinian conflict be tackled in the context of an international conference which would include all regional powers, but also the UN, the EU, Russia and America (the now dissolved Quartet). Short of a desire to get to the root of the instability in West Asia (Israeli policies of apartheid and regional aggression), the prospect for peace are dim to say the least.

SS: The Biden administration put heavy sanctions on Russia. In your opinion, will President Trump continue those sanctions?

AD:  It bears remembering that it was under the Trump administration that the largest amount of sanctions was imposed upon Russia. Biden merely continued the policy initiated following the coup d’état of the Maidan in 2014. I would surmise that in the context of peace-building atmosphere and confidence-building measures, it is likely that some of the sanctions (over 20,000 as of this writing) are likely to be lifted. Keep in mind that Trump strategists are seeking to decouple Russia from China. This is the policy pursued these last 30 years in Washington: sometimes favoring Beijing, sometimes favoring Moscow, with the net result that the two Eurasian powers are now closer than ever.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

Western NGOs have sent the Georgian opposition political parties that they finance into the streets to protest the Georgian Dream Party’s sweep of the legislative elections. The Georgian Dream Party favors pragmatic relations with Russia, whereas the collection of small parties financed by the West want to create another Maidan Revolution to open a second front for Washington against Russia. See this.

Russia’s Foreign Minister Lavrov says that there is no reason to doubt that the West is trying to push Georgia into war with Russia. 

Putin-the-Unready rejects claims that Russia interfered in the Georgian election. Putin still hasn’t learned that the role of good democrat makes no impression on the West. Will Putin’s toleration of hostile actions against Russia lead to the opening of a second front against Russia?

The US Defense Department Inspector General has reported that Congress has appropriated $182 billion for Ukraine since February 2022, $43.84 billion of which went for governance and development. “Governance and development” could mean bribes paid to Ukrainians to support military conflict with Russia.

Ukraine has been fighting Russia with Western weapons and targeting information for close to three years. But Putin doesn’t count this as the West being at war with Russia. Drones hitting deep into Russia also don’t count as the West being at war with Russia. The war doesn’t start until Washington begins firing missiles into Russia. Apparently, some weapons are war weapons and some are not.

Standing aside from Washington’s destabilization and overthrow of the Ukrainian government in 2014 has left Putin with an ever-widening war that will be difficult to end without Putin making concessions. What will these concessions be? Washington now has a stake in the outcome, and Trump cannot stand an agreement the media can turn into a Trump defeat from giving in to Putin. The media and Democrats will say that it proves Trump was a Putin agent after all.

The tense situation between Russia and the West cannot be resolved until the conflict in Ukraine is resolved. This dilemma and the huge expense in lives and money associated with the three year war could all have been avoided if Putin had not come up with such an impractical course of action as a limited military operation that allowed Kiev to continue the war.  We would have a better situation today if Putin had struck hard enough to bring the conflict to a quick end before the West could get involved with its prestige committed.

Putin’s dilly-dallying has made Russia look weak, and it has given Washington time to stir up new fronts for Russia in Georgia and Abkhazia. There will be a price to be paid for this dilly-dallying.

Meanwhile the US Democrat Party has revived the “Russian agent” hoax. This time the targets are Elon Musk and Tulsi Gabbard. See this, this, and this.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Prof. Michel Chossudovsky was speaker at The Northern Light Convention, Denmark, June 2023 focussing on the 2020-2023 COVID-19 Pandemic and its aftermath

His E-Book entitled “The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity,”, can be downloaded for free. See details below.

To access the 40 Convention presentations, click here or image below

 

 

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is by fernando zhiminaicela from Pixabay


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Trump II y América Latina: ¿la venganza?

November 18th, 2024 by Marco Consolo

Video: The Privatization of Nuclear War. Michel Chossudovsky

November 18th, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

[This interview was conducted in 2022 by Pangea Grandangolo.]

In this special Pangea’s Grandangolo episode, Jean Marazzani Visconti interviews Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, award-winning, author of 11 books, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, and Founder, and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Prof. Chossudovsky discusses current geopolitical events, including the war in Ukraine and the possibility of nuclear escalation.

He remarks that the US Military-Industrial Complex and nuclear weapons manufacturers, through a progressive whitewashing operation started in 2003, have gradually convinced government decision-makers to soften the thresholds for using nuclear bombs, even in conventional wars, claiming their limited danger to the population.

He also talks about the privatization of war and governments and how this impacts current events.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: The world’s first nuclear explosion – the U.S. ‘Trinity’ atomic test in New Mexico, July 16, 1945. If a nuclear war breaks out today, the devastation caused by modern nuclear weapons would make Trinity’s power look small by comparison. Most life on Earth would likely be wiped out. | U.S. Department of Energy


WWIII ScenarioTowards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

Americanizing France: The Marshall Plan, Reconsidered

November 18th, 2024 by Dr. Jacques R. Pauwels

[This article was first posted by GR in March 2024.]

Last summer, motoring from Paris to Nice through what Parisians call “la France profonde”, I could not help but notice how thoroughly France has been Americanized.

The scenery in Burgundy and Provence is as lovely as ever, and the old towns are still extremely picturesque, but one now enters most if not all of them along gasoline alleys lined with hamburger joints dispensing “malbouffe”, car dealerships, and shopping centers with exactly the same retailers you would find in malls on the other side of the Atlantic, plus piped-in music featuring not Edith Piaf but Taylor Swift.

I was motivated to find out more about why, when, and how this “coca-colonization” of France had started and, as it happened, I found the answer in a book that had just come off the press; it was written by maverick historian Annie Lacroix-Riz, author of quite a few other remarkable opuses, and its title promises to clarify the origins of the famous Marshall Plan of 1947.

The history of the United States is bursting with myths, such as the notions that the conquest of the Wild West was a heroic undertaking, that the country fought in World War I for democracy, and that Oppenheimer’s Bomb wiped out over 100,000 people in Hiroshima to force Tokyo to surrender, thus presumably saving the lives of countless Japanese civilians and American soldiers.

Yet another myth involves American “aid” to Europe in the years following World War II, epitomized by the so-called “European Recovery Program”, better known as the Marshall Plan, because it was George C. Marshall, a former chief of staff of the army and Secretary of State in the Truman administration, who formally launched the project in a speech at Harvard University on June 5, 1947.

Image: The labeling used on aid packages created and sent under the Marshall Plan. (From the Public Domain)

The myth that arose virtually instantaneously about the Marshall Plan holds that, after defeating the nasty Nazis, presumably more or less singlehandedly, and preparing to return home to mind his own business, Uncle Sam suddenly realized that the hapless Europeans, exhausted by six years of war, needed his help to get back on their feet.

And so, unselfishly and generously, he decided to shower them with huge amounts of money, which Britain, France, and the other countries of Western Europe eagerly accepted and used to return not only to prosperity but also to democracy.

The “aid” dispensed under the auspices of the Marshall Plan, then, supposedly amounted to a free gift of money. However, it has been known for some time that things were not so simple,

that the Plan aimed at conquering the European market for US export products and investment capital, and that it also served political purposes, namely preventing nationalizations and countering Soviet influence.[1]

Even so, the myth about the Marshall Plan is kept alive by the authorities, academics, and the mainstream media on both sides of the Atlantic, as reflected by the recent suggestion that Ukraine and other countries that are also in economic dire straits need a new Marshall Plan.[2]

On the other hand, critical historical investigations reveal the illusionary nature of the myth woven around the Marshall Plan. Just last year, the French historian Annie Lacroix-Riz has produced such an investigation, focusing on the antecedents of the Plan, and while her book understandably focuses on the case of France, it is also extremely helpful for the purpose of understanding how other European countries, ranging from Britain via Belgium to (West) Germany, became recipients of this type of American “aid”.

Lacroix-Riz’s book has the merit of viewing Marshall’s scheme in the longue durée, that is, of explaining it not as a kind of post-WW II singularity but as part of a long-term historical development, namely the worldwide expansion of US industry and finance, in other words, the emergence and expansion of American imperialism.

This development may be said to have started at the very end of the 19th century, namely when Uncle Sam conquered Hawaii in 1893 and then, via a “splendid little war” fought against Spain in 1898, pocketed Cuba, Puerto Rico, and the Philippines.

US finance, industry, and commerce, in other words: American capitalism, thus expanded its profitable activities into the Caribbean, the Pacific, and the Far East. Privileged access to the resources and markets of those far-flung territories, in addition to those of the already gigantic home market, turned the US into one of the world’s greatest industrial powers, capable of challenging even Britain, Germany, and France.

But Europe’s great powers also happened to be expanding worldwide, in other words, becoming “imperialist”, primarily by adding new territories to their existing portfolios of colonial possessions. The imperialist powers thus became increasingly competitors, rivals, and either antagonists or allies in a ruthless race for imperialist supremacy, fueled ideologically by the prevailing social-Darwinist ideas of “struggle for survival”.

This situation led to the Great War of 1914-1918. The US intervened in this conflict, but rather late, in 1917, and did so for two important reasons: first, to prevent Britain from being defeated and thus be unable to pay back the huge sums it had loaned from American banks to buy supplies from American industrialists; second, to be among the imperialist victors who would be able to claim a share of the loot, including access to the gigantic market and vast resources of China.[3]

The Great War was a godsend to the US economy, as trade with the allies proved immensely profitable. The war also caused Britain to withdraw most of its investments from Latin America; this made it possible for these countries to be penetrated economically and dominated politically by Uncle Sam, thus achieving a US ambition formulated approximately one century earlier in the Monroe Doctrine of 1823. The US increasingly needed new markets for its products — and for its mushrooming stock of investment capital — because its industry had become super-productive thanks to the introduction of so-called Fordist techniques, that is, the system of mass production pioneered by Henry Ford in his automobile factories, epitomized by the assembly line. American capitalism now enjoyed the huge advantage of “economies of scale”, that is, lower production costs due to their scale of operation,[4] which meant that American industrialists were henceforth able to outperform any competitors in a free market. It is for this reason that the US government, which had systematically relied on protectionist policies in the 19th century, when the country’s industry was still in its fledgling stage, morphed into a most eager apostle of free trade, energetically and systematically seeking “open doors” for its exports all over the world.

However, in the years after World War I industrial productivity was also increasing elsewhere, which led to overproduction and ultimately triggered a worldwide economic crisis, known in the US as the Great Depression. All the great industrial powers sought to protect their own industry by creating barriers on imports duties, thus creating what US businessmen detested, namely “closed economies”, including the economies not only the “mother countries” but also their colonial possessions, whose markets and rich mineral wealth might have been made available to Uncle Sam via free trade. To America’s great chagrin, Britain thus introduced a highly protectionist system in its empire, referred to as “imperial preference”. But with the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act of 1930, the US likewise sought to protect its own industry by means of high import duties.

In the dark night of the Great Depression, Uncle Sam could perceive only one ray of light, and that was Germany. In the 1920s, the unprecedented profits generated by the Great War had allowed numerous US banks and corporations such as Ford to start up major investments in that country.[5] This “investment offensive” is rarely mentioned in history books but is of great historical importance in two ways: it marked the beginning of a transatlantic expansion of US capitalism and it determined that Germany was to serve as the European “bridgehead” of US imperialism. US capitalists were elated to have chosen Germany when it turned out that, even in the context of the Great Depression, excellent business could be done by their subsidiaries in the “Third Reich” thanks to Hitler’s rearmament program and subsequent war of conquest, for which firms such as Ford and Standard Oil supplied much of the equipment — including trucks, tanks, airplane engines, and machine guns – as well as fuel.[6] Under Hitler’s Nazi regime, Germany was and remained a capitalist country, as historians such as Alan S. Milward, a British expert in the economic history of the Third Reich, have emphasized.[7]

Image source

Les Origines du plan Marshall - Le mythe de "l'aide" américaine - Livre et ebook Histoire contemporaine de Annie Lacroix-Riz - Dunod

The United States had no desire to go to war against Hitler, who proved to be so “good for business”. As late as 1941, the country had no plans for military action against Germany at all, and it would only “back into” into the war against the Third Reich, as an American historian has put it, because of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor.[8]However, the conflict unleashed by Hitler created fabulous opportunities for the US to crack open “closed economies” and create “open doors” instead. At the same time, the war enabled Uncle Sam to subjugate economically, and even politically, some major competitors in the great imperialist powers’ race for supremacy, a race that had triggered the Great War in 1914 but remained undecided when that conflict ended in 1918, so that may be said to have sparked another world war in 1939.

The first country to be turned into a vassal of Uncle Sam was Britain. After the fall of France in the summer of 1940, when left alone to face the terrifying might of Hitler’s Reich, the former Number One of industrial powers had to go cap in hand to the US to loan huge sums of money from American banks and use that money to buy equipment and fuel from America’s great corporations. Washington consented to extend such “aid” to Britain in a scheme that became known as “Lend-Lease”. However, the loans had to be paid back with interest and were subject to conditions such as the promised abolition of “imperial preference”, which ensured that Britain and its empire would cease to be a “closed economy” and instead open their doors to US export products and investment capital. As a result of Lend-Lease, Britain was to morph into a “junior partner”, not only economically but also politically and militarily, of the US. Or, as Annie Lacroix-Riz puts it in her new book, Lend-Lease loans to Britain spelled the beginning of the end of the British Empire.[9]

However, Uncle Sam was determined to use free trade to project his economic as well as political power not only to Britain, but to as many countries as possible.[10] In July 1944, at a conference held in the town of Bretton-Woods, New Hampshire, no less than forty-four nations, including all those that found themselves in an uncomfortable economic position because of the war and were therefore dependent on American assistance, were induced to adopt the principles of a new economic world order based on free trade. The Bretton-Woods Agreement elevated the dollar to the rank of “international reserve currency” and created the institutional mechanisms that were to put the principles of the new economic policy into practice, above all the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank, so-called international organizations that have always been dominated by the United States.

In her new book, Lacroix-Riz frequently refers to Uncle Sam’s pursuit of postwar free trade in general but does of course focus on the case of France, which was a different kettle of fish compared to, say, Britain or Belgium. Why? After its defeat in 1940, France and its colonial empire were to remain for a long time under the authority of a government led by Marshal Pétain, ensconced in the town of Vichy, which collaborated closely with Nazi Germany. The Roosevelt administration formally recognized this regime as the legitimate government of France and continued to do so even after the US entered the war against Germany in December 1941; conversely, FDR refused to recognize Charles de Gaulle’s “Free French” government exiled in Britain.

It was only after American and British troops landed in North Africa and occupied the French colonies there in the fall of 1942, that relations between Washington and Vichy were terminated, not by the former but by the latter. Under the auspices of the Americans, now the de facto masters of France’s colonies in North Africa,  a French provisional government, the Committee of National Liberation (Comité français de Libération nationale, CFLN), was established in Algiers in June 1943; it reflected an uneasy fusion of de Gaulle’s Free French and the French civil and military authorities based in Algiers, formerly loyal to Pétain but now siding with the Allies. However, the Americans, arranged for it to be headed not by de Gaulle but by General François Darlan, a former Pétainist.

Darlan was one of the numerous recycled Vichy generals and high-ranking civil servants who – as early as the summer of 1941 or as late as the end of the Battle of Stalingrad, in January 1943 – had realized that Germany was going to lose the war. They hoped that a liberation of France by the Americans would prevent the Resistance, led by the communists, from coming to power and implementing radical and possibly even revolutionary, anticapitalist social-economic as well as political reforms. These Vichyites, representatives of a French bourgeoisie that had fared well under Pétain, feared that “a revolution might break out as soon as the Germans withdrew from French territory”; they counted on the Americans to arrive in time “to prevent communism from taking over the country” and looked forward to see the US replace Nazi Germany as “tutor” of France and protector of their class interests.[11] Conversely, the Americans understood only too well that these former Pétainists would be agreeable partners, ignored or forgave the sins the latter had committed as collaborators, labelled them with the respectable epithet of “conservative” or “liberal”, and arranged for them, rather than Gaullists or other leaders of the Resistance, to be placed in positions of power.

The American “appointment” of Darlan paid off virtually immediately, namely on September 25, 1943, when the French provisional government signed a Lend-Lease deal with the US. The conditions of this arrangement were similar to those attached to Lend-Lease with Britain and those that were to be enshrined one year later at Bretton-Woods, namely, an “open door” for US corporations and banks to the markets and resources of France and its colonial empire. That arrangement was euphemistically described as “reciprocal aid” but was in reality the first step in a series of arrangements that were to culminate in France’s subscription to the Marshall Plan and impose on France what Lacroix-Riz describes as a “dependency of the colonial type”.[12]

The FDR administration would have preferred to continue dealing with France’s former collaborators, but that course of action triggered serious criticism stateside as well as in France itself. In October 1944, after the landings in Normandy and the liberation of Paris, de Gaulle was finally recognized by Washington as the head of the French provisional government, because two things had become clear. First, from the perspective of the French people, he was widely considered fit to govern since his reputation, unlike that of the Pétainists, was not soiled by collaboration; to the contrary, having been one of the great leaders of the Resistance, he enjoyed immense prestige. Second, from the Americans’ own point of view, de Gaulle was acceptable because he was a conservative personality, determined not to proceed with nationalizations of banks and corporations and other radical, potentially revolutionary social-economic reforms planned by the communists. On the other hand, the Americans continued to have issues with the General. They knew very well, for example, that as a French nationalist he would oppose their plans to open the doors of France and her empire to US economic and, inevitably, political penetration. And they also realized that, once the war would be over, he would claim financial and industrial reparations and even territorial concessions from defeated Germany, claims that ran counter to what Uncle Sam perceived to be vital American interests. Let us briefly look into that issue.

We know that the many branch plants of American corporations in Nazi Germany were not expropriated even after the US went to war against Germany, raked in unseen profits which were mostly reinvested in Germany itself, and suffered relatively little wartime damage, mainly because they were hardly targeted by allied bombers.[13] And so, when the conflict ended, US investment in Germany was intact, greater, and potentially more profitable, than ever before; this also meant that, as a bridgehead of US imperialism in Europe, Germany was more important than ever. Uncle Sam was determined to take full advantage of this situation, which required two things: first, preventing anticapitalist social-economic changes not only in Germany itself but in all other European countries, including France, whose domestic and colonial markets and resources were expected to open up to American goods and investments; and second, ensuring that Germany would not have to pay significant reparations, and preferably none at all, to the countries that had been victimized by the furor teutonicus, since that would have ruined the profit prospects of all German businesses, including those owned by US capital.[14]

To achieve the first of these aims in France, the Americans could count on the collaboration of the government of the conservative de Gaulle, the more so since, as a condition for finally being “anointed” by Washington in the fall of 1944, he had been coerced to recycle countless former Pétainist generals, politicians, high-ranking bureaucrats, and leading bankers and industrialists, and to include many of them in his government. However, after years of German occupation and rule by a very right-wing Vichy regime, the French, not the well-to-bourgeoisie but the mass of ordinary people, were in a more or less anti-capitalist mood. De Gaulle was unable to resist the concomitant widespread demand for reforms, including the nationalization of automobile manufacturer Renault, a notorious collaborator, and the introduction of social services similar to those that were to be introduced in Britain after Labour’s advent to power in the summer of 1945 and became known as the Welfare State. From the perspective of the Americans, the situation became even worse after the elections of October 21, 1945, when the Communist Party won a plurality of votes and de Gaulle had to make room in his cabinet for some communist ministers. Another determinant of the American aversion for de Gaulle was that he was a French nationalist, determined to make France a grande nation again, to keep full control of its colonial possessions, and, last but not least, to seek financial and possibly even territorial reparations from Germany; these aspirations conflicted with the Americans’ expectation of “open doors” even in the colonies of other great powers and, even more so, with their plans with respect to Germany.

Thus we can understand the stepmotherly treatment Washington meted out in 1944-1945 to a France that was economically in dire straits after years of war and occupation. Already in the fall of 1944, Paris was informed that there were to be no reparations from Germany, and it was in vain that de Gaulle responded by briefly flirting with the Soviet Union, even concluding a “pact” with Moscow that would prove to be “stillborn”, as Lacroix-Riz puts it.[15] As for France’s urgent request for American credits as well as urgently needed food and industrial and agricultural supplies, they did not yield “free gifts” of any kind, as is commonly believed, for reasons to be elucidated later, but only deliveries of products of which there was a glut in the US itself and loans, all of it to be paid in dollars and at inflated prices. Lacroix-Riz emphasizes that “free deliveries of merchandise to France by the American army or any civil organization, even of the humanitarian type, never existed”.[16]

The Americans were clearly motivated by the desire to show de Gaulle and the French in general who was the boss in their country, now that the Germans were gone. (De Gaulle certainly understood things that way: he often referred to the landings in Normandy as a second occupation of his country and never attended even one of the annual commemorations of D-Day.) It was not a coincidence that the American diplomat who was appointed envoy to France in the fall of 1944 was Jefferson Caffery, who had plenty of experience in lording it over Latin American “banana republics” from US embassies in their capitals.[17]

De Gaulle headed a coalition government involving three parties, the “Gaullist” Christian-democratic Popular Republican Movement (MRP), the Socialist Party, then still officially known as the French Section of the Workers’ International (SFIO), and the Communist Party (PCF). The general himself resigned as head of the government on January 20, 1946, but “tripartism” continued under a string of cabinets headed by socialists such as Félix Gouin and MRP headmen like Georges Bidault. Yet another socialist, Paul Ramadier, would lead the final tripartite government from January until October 1947; on May 4 of that year, he brought tripartism to an end by expelling the communists from his government.

With the pesky de Gaulle out of the way, the Americans found it much easier to proceed with their plans to “open the door” of France and penetrate the former grande nation economically as well as politically. And they managed to do so by taking full advantage of the country’s postwar economic problems and urgent need for credits to purchase all sorts of agricultural and industrial goods, including food and fuel, and finance reconstruction. The US, which had emerged from the war as the world’s financial and economic superpower and richest country by far, was able and willing to help, but only at the conditions already applied to the Lend-Lease agreements, outlined in enshrined in the Bretton-Woods Agreements, conditions certain to turn the beneficiary, in this case France, into a vassal of Uncle Sam – and an ally in its “cold” war against the Soviet Union.

In early 1946, Léon Blum, a high-profile socialist leader who had headed France’s famous Popular Front government in 1936, was sent to the US to negotiate a deal with Truman’s Secretary of State, James F. Byrnes. Blum was accompanied by a retinue of other high-profile politicians, diplomats, and high-ranking civil servants; it included Jean Monnet, the CFLN’s agent in charge of supplies (ravitaillement), who had been overseeing the purchases of weapons and other equipment in the US, where he had developed a great fondness for the country and for things American in general. These negotiations dragged on for months, but eventually yielded an agreement that was signed on May 28, 1946, and soon ratified by the French government. The Blum-Byrnes Agreement was widely perceived as a wonderful deal for France, involving free gifts of millions of dollars, loans at low-interest rates, deliveries at low cost of all sorts of essential food, industrial equipment, and was proclaimed by Blum himself as “an immense concession” from the Americans.[18]

However, Lacroix-Riz begs to differ. She demonstrates that the meetings between Byrnes and Blum did not involve genuine negotiations but amounted to an American Diktat, reflecting the fact that the French side “capitulated” and meekly accepted all the conditions attached by the Americans to their “aid” package. These conditions, she explains, included a French agreement to purchase, at inflated prices, all sorts of mostly useless “surplus” military equipment the US army still had in Europe when the war had come to an end, disparagingly referred to by Lacroix-Riz as “unsellable bric-à-brac”.[19] Hundreds of poor-quality freighters, euphemistically known as Liberty Ships, were similarly foisted on the French. The supplies to be delivered to France included very little of what the country really needed but virtually exclusively products of which there was a glut in the US itself, due to the decline of demand that resulted from the end of the war and economists, businessmen, and politicians to fear that America might slide back into a depression, bringing unemployment, social problems, and even demand for radical change, as had been the case in the Depression-ridden “red thirties”.[20] Postwar overproduction constituted a major problem for the US and, as Lacroix-Riz, writes, continued to be “extremely worrisome in 1947”, but exports to Europe appeared to offer a solution to the problem; she adds that “the final stage of the frenzied search for [this] solution of the problem of postwar overproduction” would turn out to be the Marshall Plan, but it clear that the Blum-Byrnes Agreements already constituted a major step in that direction.[21]

Moreover, payment for US goods had to be made in dollars, which France was forced to earn by exporting to the US at the lowest possible prices due to the fact that the Americans had no urgent need for French import and therefore enjoyed the advantage of a “buyer’s market”. France also had to open its doors to Hollywood productions, which was most detrimental to her own movie industry, virtually the only concession of the agreement that was to receive public attention and it still remembered today. (The Wikipedia entry about the Blum-Byrnes Agreement deals virtually exclusively with that issue.)[22] Yet another condition was that France would compensate US corporations such as Ford for wartime damages suffered by their subsidiaries in France, damages that were in fact mostly due to bombings by the US Air Force. (Incidentally, during the war, Ford France had produced equipment for Vichy and Nazi Germany and made a lot of money in the process.)[23]

As for money matters, Wikipedia echoes a widely held belief when it suggests that the agreement involved the “eradication” of debts France had incurred earlier, e.g. under the terms of the Lend-Lease deal signed in Algiers. However, upon closer scrutiny, it turns out that Wikipedia merely writes that the agreement “aimed to [italics added] eradicate” those debts but never mentions if that aim was ever achieved.[24] According to Lacroix-Riz, it was not; she calls the “wiping out” (effacement) of France’s debt to the US “imaginary” and emphasizes that the notion that fabulous new credits were being planned amounted to wishful thinking; her categorical conclusion is that other than loans with onerous strings attached, “the ‘negotiations’ produced no credits whatsoever” (Les négotiations ne débouchèrent sur aucun crédit ).[25]

It follows that the economic reconstruction of France in the years following the end of World War II, so rapid in comparison with the country’s industrial comeback after 1918, was not due to the generosity of an outsider, Uncle Sam. Instead, it was mostly the result of the “Stakhanovite” efforts of France’s own workers, aiming to revive the country’s industry in general, in the so-called “Battle of Production” (bataille de la production), particularly successful in the then still crucially important field of production of coal in the nationalized mines. Even though this “battle” was certain to benefit the capitalist owners of factories, it was orchestrated by the Communist Party, a member of the “tripartite” government, because its leaders were keenly aware that “a country’s political independence required its economic independence”, so that reliance on American “aid” would mean subordination of France to the US.[26] (Incidentally, most if not all of the money borrowed from the US was not be invested in France’s reconstruction but in a costly, bloody, and ultimately doomed attempt to hang on to the “jewel in the crown” of her most colonial possessions, Indochina.)

Image: One of the numerous posters created to promote the Marshall Plan in Europe. (From the Public Domain)

undefined

That France’s postwar economic recovery was not due to US “aid” is only logical because, from the American perspective, the aim of the Blum-Byrnes Agreements or, later, the Marshall Plan, was not at all to forgive debts or help France in any other way to recover from the trauma of war, but to open up the country’s markets (as well as those of her colonies) and to integrate it into a postwar Europe — for the time being admittedly only Western Europe — that was to be capitalist, like the US, and controlled by the US from its German bridgehead. With the signing of the Blum-Byrnes Agreements, which also included a French acceptance of the fact that there would be no German reparations, that aim was virtually achieved.

The conditions attached to the agreements did indeed include a guarantee by the French negotiators that France would henceforth practice free-trade policy and that there would be no more nationalizations like the ones that, almost immediately after the country’s liberation, befell car manufacturer Renault as well as privately owned coal mines and producers of gas and electricity; the conditions also banned any other measures that Uncle Sam perceived to be anticapitalist, regardless of the wishes and intentions of the French people, known at the time to have an appetite for radical social-economic as well as political reforms.[27]

How did Blum and his team manage to cover up their “capitulation” and present it to the French public as a victory, “a felicitous event” (un évènement heureux), for their country?[28] And why did they lie so blatantly about the results and the conditions? These two questions are also answered by Lacroix-Riz in her new book.

First, the information dispensed about the Blum-Byrnes Agreements by the French side, and eagerly echoed by most of the media, except for communist publications, included all sorts of exaggerations, understatements, omissions, even outright lies, in other words, amounted to what is now commonly known as “spin”. The financial wizards and other “experts” among the high-ranking civil servants on Blum’s team proved to be excellent “spinmeister”, they managed to conjure up all sorts of ways to fool the public with electorate”, including obfuscating crucial details of the agreement.[29] The French women and men were reassured in vague and euphemistic language that their country was to benefit regally from the generosity of Uncle Sam. There were references to many millions of dollars of future credits, with no strings attached, but it was not mentioned that the flow of dollars was not guaranteed at all and could in fact not realistically be expected to be forthcoming; German reparations in the form of deliveries of coal, for example, were similarly hinted at in vague terms, even though the negotiators knew that to reflect nothing but wishful thinking.[30]

About the many rigorous conditions attached to the deal, on the other hand, the French public heard nothing, so it had no idea that their once great and powerful country was being demoted to the status of a vassal of Uncle Sam. The text submitted for ratification — in its entirety, or not at all![31] —  to the National Assembly was long, vague, and convoluted, drawn up in such a way as to befuddle non-experts, and much important information was buried in notes, appendixes, and secret annexes; reading it, nobody would have realized that all of the tough conditions imposed by the Americans had been accepted, conditions going back all the way to the deal concluded with Darlan in November 1942.[32]

Since Blum and his colleagues knew from the start that they would have no choice but to accept an American Diktat in its entirety, their transatlantic sojourn could have been a short one, but it was stretched over many weeks to create the appearance of thorough and tough negotiations. The negotiations also featured plenty of “smoke and mirrors”, including visits (and attendant photo-ops) with Truman; interviews producing articles lionizing Blum as “a figurehead of the French Resistance” and “one of the most powerful personalities of the moment”; and a side trip by Blum to Canada, photogenic but totally useless except in terms of public relations.[33]

Lacroix-Riz’s conclusion is merciless. Blum, she writes, was guilty of “maximum dishonesty”, he was responsible for a “gigantic deception”.[34] However, the charade worked wonderfully, as it benefited from the cooperation by the Americans, who cynically pretended to have been coaxed into making major concessions by experienced and brilliant Gallic interlocutors. They did so because elections were coming up in France and a truthful report of the outcome of the negotiations would certainly have provided grist for the mill of the communists and might have jeopardized ratification of the deal.[35]

Lacroix-Riz also points out that historians in France, the US, and the rest of the Western world, with the exception of America’s own “revisionists” such as Kolko, have similarly distorted the history of the Blum-Byrnes Agreement and glorified it as a wonderfully useful instrument for the postwar reconstruction of France and the modernization of its economy. She describes how this was mainly due to the fact that French historiography itself was “atlanticized”, that is Americanized, with the financial support of the CIA and its supposedly private handmaids, including the Ford Foundation.[36]

The British had not been able to reject the rigorous conditions attached to the Lend-Lease arrangement of 1941, but that was during the war, when they fought for survival and had no choice but to accept. In 1946, France could not invoke that excuse. So, what motivated Blum, Monnet, and their colleagues to “capitulate” and accept all American conditions? Lacroix-Riz provides a persuasive answer: because they shared Uncle Sam’s paramount concern about France, namely, an eagerness to preserve the country’s capitalist social-economic status quo, in a postwar situation when the French population was still very much in a reformist if not revolutionary mood, with the communists extremely popular and influential. “Nothing else she emphasizes, “can explain the systematic acceptance of the draconian [American] conditions”.[37]

The concern to preserve the established social-economic order is understandable in the case of Bloch’s conservative colleagues, representatives of the MRP faction in the tripartite government, the “Gaullist” MRP, which included many recycled Pétainists. It is likewise understandable in the case of the high-ranking diplomats and other civil servants in Blum’s team. These bureaucrats were traditionally defenders of the established order and many if not most of them had been happy to serve Pétain; but after Stalingrad, at the latest, they had switched their allegiance to Uncle Sam and thus become “European heralds of American-style free trade” (hérauts européens du libre commerce américain)” and, more in general, very pro-American “Atlanticists”, a breed of which Jean Monnet emerged as the example par excellence.[38]

The Communist Party was a member of the tripartite government but, writes Lacroix-Riz, “were systematically excluded from its “decision-making structures”[39] and had no representatives on the team of negotiators, but the Left was represented by socialists, including Blum. Why did they not put up any meaningful resistance to the Americans’ demands? In the wake of the Russian Revolution, European socialism had experienced a “great schism”, with the revolutionary socialists, friends of the Soviet Union, soon to become known as communists, on one side, and the reformist or “evolutionary” socialists (or “social democrats”), antagonistic towards Moscow, on the other. The two occasionally worked together, as in the French Popular Front government of the 1930s, but most of the time their relationship was characterized by competition, conflict, and even outright hostility. At the end of World War II, the communists were definitely in the ascendant, not only because of their preponderant role in the Resistance, but also because of the great prestige enjoyed by the Soviet Union, widely viewed as the vanquisher of Nazi Germany. To keep up with, and hopefully eclipse, the French socialists, like the former Pétainists, also opted to play the American card, and proved willing to accept whatever conditions the latter imposed on them, and on France in general, in return for backing the socialists with their huge financial and other resources. Conversely, in France the Americans needed the socialists – and “non-communist leftists” in general– in their efforts to erode popular support for the communists. It was in this context that Blum and many other socialist leaders had frequently met with US Ambassador Caffery after his arrival in Paris in the fall of 1944.[40]

The socialists thus proved to be even more useful for anti-communist (and anti-Soviet) purposes than the Gaullists, and they offered Uncle Sam yet another considerable advantage: unlike the Gaullists, they did not seek territorial or financial “reparations” from a Germany that the Americans wanted to rebuild and turn into their bridgehead for the economic and even political conquest of Europe.

In postwar France, then, the socialists played the American card, while the Americans played the socialist card. But in other European countries, Uncle Sam likewise used the services of anti-communist socialist (or social-democratic) leaders eager to collaborate with them and in due course these men were to be richly rewarded for their services. The Belgian socialist headman Paul-Henri Spaak comes to mind, who was to be appointed by Washington as secretary general of NATO, presumably an alliance of equal partners but in reality a subsidiary of the Pentagon and a pillar of American supremacy in Europe, which he had helped to establish.[41]

The integration of France into a postwar (Western) Europe dominated by Uncle Sam would be completed by the country’s acceptance of Marshall Plan “aid” in 1948 and its adherence to NATO in 1949. However, it is wrong to believe that these two highly publicized events occurred in response to the outbreak of the Cold War, conventionally blamed on the Soviet Union, after the end of World War II. In reality, the Americans had been keen to extend their economic and political reach across the Atlantic and France had been in their crosshairs at least since their troops had landed in North Africa in the fall of 1942. They took advantage of the weakness of postwar France to offer “aid” with conditions that, like those of Lend-Lease to Britain, were certain to turn the recipient country into a junior partner of the US. This became a reality, as Lacroix-Riz demonstrates in her book, not when France subscribed to the Marshall Plan, but when her representatives signed the agreements that resulted from the unheralded Blum-Byrnes Negotiations. It was then, in the spring of 1946, that France, unbeknownst to the majority of its citizens, waved adieu to her status of great power and joined the ranks of the European vassals of Uncle Sam.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Jacques Pauwels is a Belgian-born Canadian historian. He is the author of The Great Class War of 1914-1918 (2016). His articles appear regularly on the Global Research website.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Sources

Ambrose, Stephen E. Americans at War, New York, 1998.

“Blum–Byrnes agreement”, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blum%E2%80%93Byrnes_agreement.

Cohen, Paul. “Lessons from the Nationalization Nation: State-Owned Enterprises in France”, Dissent, winter 2010, https://www.dissentmagazine.org/article/lessons-from-the-nationalization-nation-state-owned-enterprises-in-france.

“Economies of scale”, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economies_of_scale.

Eisenberg, Carolyn Woods. Drawing the Line: The American Decision to divide Germany, 1944–1949, Cambridge, 1996.

Kierkegaard, Jacob Funk. “Lessons from the past for Ukrainian recovery: A Marshall Plan for Ukraine”, PIIE Peterson Institute for International Economics, April 26, 2023, https://www.piie.com/commentary/testimonies/lessons-past-ukrainian-recovery-marshall-plan-ukraine.

Kolko, Gabriel. Main Currents in Modern American History, New York, 1976.

Kuklick, Bruce. American Policy and the Division of Germany: The Clash with Russia over Reparations, Ithaca and London, 1972.

Pauwels, Jacques. The Myth of the Good War: America in the Second World War, revised edition, Toronto, 2015.

— The Great Class War 1914-1918, Toronto, 2016.

— Big Business and Hitler, Toronto, 2017.

Zinn, Howard. A People’s History of the United States, s.l., 1980.

Notes

[1] Eisenberg, p. 322.

[2] See e.g. the article by Kierkegaard.

[3] See Pauwels (2016), pp. 447-49.

[4] “Economies of scale”.

[5] See Pauwels (2017), pp. 144-54.

[6] Pauwels (2017), p. 168. The total value of American investments in Nazi Germany, involving no less than 553 corporations, rose to $450 million by the time of Hitler’s declaration of war against the United States in December 1941.

[7] Pauwels (2017), pp. 63-65.

[8] Quotation from Ambrose, p. 66.

[9] Lacroix-Riz, p. 13.

[10] Zinn, p. 404: “Quietly behind the headlines in battles and bombings, American diplomats and businessmen worked hard to make sure that when the war ended, American economic power would be second to none in the world . . . The Open Door policy of equal access would be extended from Asia to Europe”.

[11] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 116-17.

[12] Lacroix-Riz, p. 9.

[13] For details, see Pauwels (2017), pp. 199-217.

[14] Lacroix-Riz refers to Bruce Kuklicks’s pioneering work focusing on this theme. For more on the importance of postwar Germany to the US, see Pauwels (2015), p. 249 ff.

[15] Lacroix-Riz, p. 198.

[16] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 203, 206-208.

[17] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 170-72, 174-83.

[18] Lacroix-Riz, p. 409.

[19] Lacroix-Riz, p. 331.

[20] Kolko, p. 235.

[21] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 413-14.

[22] “Blum–Byrnes agreement”.

[23] Lacroix-Riz, p. 326 ff. Lacroix-Riz has examined the case of Ford France’s wartime collaboration in an earlier book on French industrialists and bankers during the German occupation.

[24] “Blum–Byrnes agreement”.

[25] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 336-37, 342-43.

[26] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 199-202. The “Battle of Production” is a subject Lacroix-Riz focused on in her 1981 doctoral dissertation as well as other writings. On the benefits of historical nationalizations in France, see also the article by Paul Cohen.

[27] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 277, 329-30, 363.

[28] Lacroix-Riz, p. 338.

[29] Lacroix-Riz, p., pp. 416-17.

[30] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 342-43, 345-46

[31] Lacroix-Riz, p. 408: “L’Assemblée nationale devrait donc adopter en bloc tout ce qui figurait dans la plus grosse pièce du millefeuille officiel des accords Blum-Byrnes”.

[32] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 334-37, 354-55.

[33] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 323-26.

[34] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 271, 340.

[35] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 342-43, 345-46

[36] Lacroix-Riz, p. 376 ff.

[37] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 114-15, 122, 386, 415.

[38] Lacroix-Riz, p. 273.

[39] Lacroix-Riz, p. 418.

[40] Lacroix-Riz, pp. 170-72, 174-83.

[41] Lacroix-Riz, p. 57-58, 417. 

Featured image: Chief Petty Officer Michael McNabb – Public Domain


Big Business and Hitler

Author: Jacques R. Pauwels

ISBN: 9781459409873, 1459409876

Published: October 31, 2017

Publisher: James Lorimer & Company

For big business in Germany and around the world, Hitler and his National Socialist party were good news. Business was bad in the 1930s, and for multinational corporations Germany was a bright spot in a world suffering from the Great Depression. As Jacques R. Pauwels explains in this book, corporations were delighted with the profits that came from re-arming Germany, and then supplying both sides of the Second World War.

Recent historical research in Germany has laid bare the links between Hitler’s regime and big German firms. Scholars have now also documented the role of American firms — General Motors, IBM, Standard Oil, Ford, and many others — whose German subsidiaries eagerly sold equipment, weapons, and fuel needed for the German war machine. A key roadblock to America’s late entry into the Second World War was behind-the-scenes pressure from US corporations seeking to protect their profitable business selling to both sides.

Basing his work on the recent findings of scholars in many European countries and the US, Pauwels explains how Hitler gained and held the support of powerful business interests who found the well-liked oneparty fascist government, ready and willing to protect the property and profits of big business. He documents the role of the many multinationals in business today who supported Hitler and gained from the Nazi government’s horrendous measures.

Click here to purchase.

Biden Ramps Up Nuclear Brinkmanship on His Way Out the Door

November 18th, 2024 by Caitlin Johnstone

The New York Times reports that the Biden administration has authorized Ukraine to use US-supplied long-range missiles to strike Russian and North Korean military targets inside Russia — yet another dangerous escalation of nuclear brinkmanship in this horrific proxy war.

The Times correctly notes that authorizing Ukraine to use ATACMS, which have a range of about 190 miles, has long been a contentious issue in the Biden administration for fear of provoking military retaliations against the US from Russia. This reckless escalation has been authorized despite an acknowledgement from the anonymous US officials who spoke to The New York Times that they “do not expect the shift to fundamentally alter the course of the war.”

As Antiwar’s Dave DeCamp notes, Vladimir Putin said back in September that if NATO allows Ukraine to use western-supplied weapons for long-range strikes inside Russian territory, it would mean NATO countries “are at war with Russia.” This is about as unambiguous a threat as you’ll ever see.

.

Read on X

.

NYT reports that Biden’s policy shift “comes two months before President-elect Donald J. Trump takes office, having vowed to limit further support for Ukraine.” And it is here worth noting that last week it was reported by The Telegraph that British PM Keir Starmer and French President Emmanuel Macron had been scheming to thwart any attempt by Trump to scale back US support for Ukraine by pushing Biden to authorize long-range missile strikes in Russian territory.

But it is also true that the day before the US election Mike Waltz, Trump’s next national security advisor, had himself endorsed the idea of authorizing long-range missile strikes into Russia with the goal of pressuring Moscow to end the war. His plan for disentangling the US from the conflict entails ramping up sanctions on Russia and “taking the handcuffs off the long-range weapons we provide Ukraine” in order to pressure Putin into eagerly accepting a peace deal.

So while this is being framed as an administration that’s more hawkish on Russia executing a maneuver that’s designed to hamstring the peacemongering of an incoming administration that’s less favorable to assisting Ukraine, in reality it may just be goal-assisting the next administration in a policy change it had planned on implementing anyway.

.

Read on X

.

Either way, it’s insane. Putin ordered changes to Russia’s nuclear doctrine in September in order to ward off these sorts of escalations by lowering the threshold at which nuclear weapons could be used to defend the Russian Federation, and they’re just barreling right past that bright red line like they barreled over the red lines which led to the invasion of Ukraine. And the fact that they’re adding yet another nuclear-armed state into the mix with North Korea is just more gravy for the nuclear brinkmanship pot roast.

At one point in 2022, US intelligence agencies reportedly assessed that the odds of Russia using a nuclear weapon in Ukraine was as high as 50 percent, but the Biden administration kept pushing forward with this proxy war anyway. These freaks are taking insane risks to advance agendas that stand to yield the slimmest of benefits even by their own assessments.

We are living in dark and dangerous times.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: An ATACMS missile being launched from an M270 MLRS (Licensed under the Public Domain)


WWIII ScenarioTowards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

Michel Chossudovsky: Biography

November 18th, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

Below is a biographical summary focussing on Chossudovsky’s academic and professional activities, including publications and awards (as well as his contribution to the Encyclopedia Britannica)

To consult the complete Curriculum Vitae of Michel Chossudovsky click here

*

*

*

Biographical summary

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

Citizenships

Canada, Republic of Ireland, United Kingdom

Education

Ecole internationale, Geneva, Maturité fédérale suisse, type scientifique (C), 1962
BA (Econ) Honours, Department of Economics, University of Manchester, UK, 1965
Diploma in Economic Planning, International Institute of Social Studies (ISS), The Hague, Netherlands, 1967, The ISS is now part of Erasmus University, Rotterdam.
Ph.D., Department of Economics, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, USA. 1971

Chossudovsky was a student of social anthropologist Prof. Max Gluckman at the University of Manchester, of Nobel Laureate in Economics Prof. Jan Tinbergen at the Institute of Social Studies (ISS), The Hague and of mathematical statistics Prof Harold Hotelling at the University of North Carolina (UNC).

Languages: Fluent in English, French, Spanish, German. Knowledge of Portuguese, Chinese (Mandarin), Dutch (Netherlands), Thai, Russian, Melanesian (Papua New Guinea).

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, China, India, Southeast Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa, the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality.

He has also undertaken research in Health Economics: Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA), UNFPA, UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC), CEPAL -ILPES -UNICEF, Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983).

His recent research focusses on economic and social policy, health economics, geopolitics, globalization.

Academic, Research and Advisory positions: 

Professor of Economics, emeritus, University of Ottawa, Department of Economics, (First academic appointment in 1968-)

Professor, National Autonomous University of Nicaragua (UNAN), Managua, Centre for Development Studies Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann (CEDMEB), Founding Member of CEDMEB (2019- )

Visiting Professor, Postgraduate Program in Geopolitical Analysis, Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, Autonomous University of the City of Mexico (UACM) (2022)

Visiting Professor, University of the Philippines, Cebu, Faculty of Social Sciences (2015, 2016, 2017, 2018).

Visiting Scholar and Lecturer, The International University of People’s Institutions for Peace (IUPIP), Rovereto, Italy (2003, 2004),

Directeur de recherche invité, Visiting Research Fellow, Lecturer. L’Ecole des hautes études en sciences sociales (EHESS), Paris (1993)

Associate, Saint Mary’s University, International Development Studies, Halifax, Nova Scotia,  (1990s)

Associate Fellow, Centre for Developing Area Studies, McGill University, Montreal, (1990s)

Visiting Research Scholar, Chulalongkorn University, Department of Economics, Bangkok, (1991, 1992)

Visiting Professor, Catholic University of Peru, Department of Economics, Lima (1989-90, 1991)

Visiting Professor and Research Scholar, Kohn Kaen University, Department of Social Sciences, Khon Kaen, Thailand (1987-88), under contract with CIDA.

Policy Adviser, Rural and Social Development, Department of Economic and Technical Cooperation (DTEC), Prime Minister’s Office, Royal Thai Government, Bangkok (1986-87), under contract with the Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Visiting Professor, University of Papua New Guinea (UPNG), Department of Economics. Lecturer, School of Medicine and Health Sciences, UPNG, Port Moresby, 1985

Honorary Research Fellow, University of Hong Kong (1981-82), Centre of Asian Studies (CAS), Faculty of Social Sciences, Also Lecturer, HKU Economics Department, Lecturer, Department of Extra-Mural Studies (School of Professional and Continuing Education).

Carleton University, School of International Affairs, Ottawa, Part Time Lecturer (1977)

University of Sherbrooke, Quebec, Department of Economics, Part Time Lecturer (1979-80)

Visiting Professor, National University of Cordoba, Argentina (1976), Social Policy Institute. Under ILO-UNDP Contract

Visiting Scholar and Lecturer, Central University of Venezuela, Caracas (1976), Development Studies Centre (CENDES)

Research Scholar and Lecturer, UN African Institute for Economic and Social Planning (IDEP), Dakar. (1976)

Senior Economic Adviser to the Minister of State for Planning, and Research Director (Interdisciplinary project on poverty), Ministry of Planning (CORDIPLAN), Government of Venezuela, Caracas, 1975-76.

Catholic University of Peru, Department of Economics, Visiting Professor (1974)

Catholic University of Chile (1973), Institute of Economics, Visiting Professor and Teaching Fellow, Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy.

Teaching Assistant, Department of Economics, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1967-68.

Research Assistant, Applied Experimental Design Techniques and Nonlinear Programming, Department of Economics and Department of Mathematical Statistics, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1966-68

Consultancies

Consultant to the UNDP and the Government of Rwanda, Analysis of  Rwanda’s External Debt, Kigali. Missions in 1996, 1997.

Consultant, African Development Bank (ADB), country-level missions, economic and social analysis, post evaluation of macro-economic reforms (1991-1995), missions to Kenya, Morocco, Guinea Bissau, Gambia, Botswana on behalf of ADB.

Consultant, North South Institute, Ottawa:  research on country-level macro-economic reforms (Peru Research Project) on behalf of CIDA. 1990-1992.

Lecturer, World Bank, Economic Development Institute (EDI) Training Program, Workshop on Macro-Economic Reform, Harare, Zimbabwe, 1991

Consultant, United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA), Missions to Nigeria, Rwanda, Tanzania, 1988, 1989

Consultant, World Health Organization (WHO), Organization and Coordination of African Workshop on Health Planning, Lecturer, Dakar, Senegal. 1976

Consultant, UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC) (Research on poverty, social indicators and health policy), Santiago, Chile, 1978-1979

TV Ontario, Educational Television, Researcher and interviewer, Five part series on the Canadian Economy (1978-79) (interview with former PM Jean Chrétien)

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA):  Missions to Mali (1982-83), Peru, University Cooperation Programme (1977-79), Thailand 1986-88, Consultant to CIDA on Health and Development in Latin America, 1991, Lecturer, CIDA’s staff training programme, Economic Strategies and Development Policies, Ottawa, 1970s and 1980s.

He is a past president of the Canadian Association of  Latin American and Caribbean Studies (ACELAC) and a former member of the Senate of the University of Ottawa. 

Lectures and presentations at more than 100 universities, research institutions, parliamentary committees, etc.

Lecture, Committee of the European Parliament on the 9/11 Attacks, Brussels (2002), Testimony, Joint Senate-House of Commons Committee (Canada), Economic Affairs and International Trade Committee (December 1989), Testimony, Joint Senate-House of Commons Committee (Canada), Canada’s International Relations (1986), World Summit for Social Development (1995), Member of the Drafting Committee of  “The Copenhagen Alternative Declaration” on behalf of 800 NGOs (1995), House of Representatives, Philippines, Testimony on the impacts of the 2008 Economic Crisis, (2009), Literaturhaus, Munich (2003), The Latin American Parliament, Caracas (2008), Belgrade Forum, (2000, 2009, 2022, 2024), Stanford, UNC, Wisconsin, Yale, University of Havana, The International Federation of Operational Research Societies (IFORS). Madrid, Operations Research Society of America (ORSA) New York, (1966-1967), etc.

Lectures at Foreign Correspondents Club of Japan (2013, 2017), Rosa Luxemburg Conference, Berlin (2014), Humboldt University (1999), Mexican Press Club, Malaysia Chamber of Commerce, Malaysia Academy of Sciences, Science for Peace Conference (2016), Perdana Global Peace Foundation (Kuala Lumpur) (several lectures, 2005-2017), Public Lecture chaired by Egypt’s Minister of Finance, Cairo (1991), Keynote Lecture, conference held at Korean Parliament (ROK), Seoul, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (2012, 2019), Wuhan University (1982, 1984), Tsinghua University School of Journalism, Beijing, Media Conferences, People’s Daily (Beijing), Keynote Address. Firenze Peace Conference, No War, No NATO (2019). etc.

Interviews/Conversations with (former) heads of State, heads of government: Jean Chrétien (Canada), Luis Inacio da Silva (Brazil), Fernando Enrique Cardoso (Brazil), Manmohan Singh (India), Pasteur Bizimungu (Rwanda), Fidel Castro Ruz (Cuba), Ricardo Alarcon (Cuba), Tun Dr. Mahathir Mohamad (Malaysia), Atef Ebeid (Egypt), Hugo Chavez (Venezuela), Victor Haya de la Torre, APRA (Peru), Georgios Papandreou (Greece). 

Publications

He is the author of:

Thirteen books including several international best-sellers

La Miseria en Venezuela (1978), Caracas 

Is the Canadian Economy Closing Down, (1979) (co-author),

Towards Capitalist Restoration? Chinese Socialism after Mao (1986), London, Macmillan

The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (1997, 2003) (published in 13 languages),

America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005) (published in 10 languages),

The Global Economic Crisis, The Great Depression of the Twenty-first Century
(2009) (Editor),

Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War (2011) (published in 4 languages),

The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015) (published in 4 languages)

The US-NATO War of Aggression against Yugoslavia (2021), Belgrade. (published in Serbian and English)

The Worldwide Corona Crisis: Global Coup d’État against Humanity. (2022), E-Book pdf format. Print version forthcoming. Also published (print) in Japanese (2022)

 

The 2015 Kuala Lumpur launching by Tun Dr. Mahathir Mohamad, Former PM of Malaysia of Michel Chossudovsky’s book entitled The Globalization of War

 

Scholarly publications:

Kyklos, Metron: International Journal of Statistics, Canadian Journal of Development Studies, Économie Appliquée, Southern Economic Journal, L’Actualité Économique, Review of African Political Economy, Development in Practice, Co-Existence, International Journal of Health Services (John Hopkins), Studies in Political Economy, Indian Journal of Quantitative Economics, World Affairs: The Journal of International IssuesCanadian Journal of Latin American Studies, Yale University Lecture Series on Post-Allende Chile,  Journal of Peace Research, El Trimestre Economico, Bulletin of Peace Proposals, The Journal of Quantitative & Technical Economics (JQTE), Beijing, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (CASS), etc.

Chapters in Books. Reports published by national and international organizations (ADB, UNFPA, UNDP, CIDA, UNECLAC, North-South Institute, Royal Thai Government). 

Conversations with Fidel Castro Ruz: The Dangers of Nuclear War, (October  11-15, 2010, available in several languages in print and online, chapter in book).

 

 

Chossudovsky’s  writings have also appeared in Le monde diplomatique (Paris), The Journal of International Affairs (New York), the International Herald Tribune and New York Times,  Third World Resurgence,  The Ecologist  (London UK), the South China Morning Post (Hong Kong), The Nation (Bangkok), Dagens Nyheter (Stockholm), La Presse (Montreal), Junge Welt (Berlin), Hankoreh (Seoul, ROK),  Cuba Debate (Havana), Global Times (Beijing), People’s Daily (Beijing), Frontline (Chennai), Comercio Exterior (Mexico), Economic and Political Weekly (Mumbai), World Affairs (New Delhi), GeoPolitica (Bucharest), Peace Magazine (Toronto), etc.

Press interviews and TV interviews with (among others) CTV, CBC, RT, BBC, TVO, CCTV (Beijing), Global, Radio Canada, Tele Quebec, TV Ontario (Education TV) (five part series on the Canadian Economy), CNN, TV France 5, RTBF (Belgium), Press TV, TeleSur, MBC (ROK, Seoul), Malaysian TV, Peru TV, Portugal TV, Havana TV, Nicaragua National TV, Pacifica, WBAI, Community radio in US, Canada, etc.

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica. EB Article on the World Bank

His writings have been published in more than twenty languages.

Kuala Lumpur War Crimes Commission

Michel Chossudovsky is a signatory of the 2005 Kuala Lumpur Declaration to Criminalize War under the helm of Tun Dr. Mahathir Mohamad, former Prime Minister of Malaysia

Signatories of the 2005 Kuala Lumpur Declaration. From Left to Right: Francis A.Boyle, Helen Caldicott,  Denis J. Halliday, Tun Dr. Mahathir Mohamad, Hans-Christof Von Sponeck, Michel Chossudovsky, Imam Feisal Abdul Rauf

Michel Chossudovsky was a member of the Kuala Lumpur War Crimes Commission (KLWCC) (2007- 2018) under the helm of Dr. Mahathir Mohamad, former PM of Malaysia.

Awards 

Michel Chossudovsky is the recipient of:

The Human Rights Prize, Society for Civil Rights and Human Dignity, (Gesellschaft zum Schutz von Bürgerrecht und Menschenwürde, Berlin (2002),

“Best Books in Germany” (media ranking), German edition of  Chossudovsky’s Globalization of Poverty, (Global Brutal, Der entfesselte Welthandel, die Armut, der Krieg,“Media Ranked no 2. best non-fiction titles in Germany” (2002),

Project Censored Award, State University of Sonoma, California, (1999- 2015, 10 awards).

Professor of the Year Award, University of Ottawa, Faculty of Social Sciences (2001). Excellence in Teaching Award

Mexican Press Club award to Michel Chossudovsky and Global Research, “Primer Premio de Periodismo”: “Premio Internacional de Periodismo por el Mejor Portal de Investigación Internacional.” “First National Prize for the best research website at the international level” (2008).

The Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia (Government House, Awards to Canadians) for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia (2014).

From Left to Right Prof. Y Dissou Chairman, Economics Department, HE Serbia’s Ambassador Mihailo Papazoglu, Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, Prof. Marcel Merette, Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Ottawa (2014)

Doctor Honoris Causa in Humanities, National Autonomous University of Nicaragua (UNAN), Managua (2016)

 

National Autonomous University, Managua, Nicaragua, 2016

Fellowships and Research Grants:

Research Fellowship, International Development Research Centre (IDRC),
Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC) awards.
Canada Council award,
Fellowship of the Netherlands University Foundation for International Cooperation (NUFFIC),
Latin American Teaching Fellowship of the Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy and Fellow of Tufts University.
University of Ottawa Faculty of Social Sciences Research Grants.
Research grant from SSHRC- Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (CASS), field research in China,
Conference Board of Canada -Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (CASS), Collaborative Field Research in China with CASS Institute of Quantitative Economics.

To consult the complete Curriculum Vitae of Michel Chossudovsky click here

The archive of Michel Chossudovsky’s 1800+ Global Research Articles 

He can be reached at [email protected]

Who Is in the President’s Team? Manlio Dinucci

November 18th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

In his victory speech, Donald Trump said:

‘They said: He will start a war. I have never started a war. I intend to stop wars. I will govern by a simple motto: promises made, promises kept. We will keep our promises.’

Trump thus officially confirms the foreign policy lines he said he would follow since his first term in office in 2016:

‘I want to tell the world community that while we’ll always put America’s interests first, we will deal fairly with everyone – all peoples and all other nations. We will seek common ground, not hostility; partnership, not conflict.’

What will happen now? His election certainly creates a situation open to change from what would have been made if Kamala Harris had become president in the wake of Biden. However, it must be seen what these changes will be. It might be possible, for instance, to open negotiations with Moscow to end the US/NATO war against Russia via Ukraine. However, this would not mean the US renouncing the use of military force in order to maintain its losing position of dominance. This is confirmed by the nominations to key positions in the new Trump Administration.

Elon Musk will lead the Department of Government Efficiency. Musk has stated he will help the President cut $2 trillion from the federal budget. However, it seems impossible he will cut the huge and growing military spending. Musk’s rocket company, SpaceX, carries most of the Pentagon’s satellites into orbit. Elon Musk, the richest man in the world, has received more than $15 billion in government contracts in ten years, particularly with NASA and the Pentagon.

At the head of the Pentagon, Trump chose Pete Hegseth, Fox News anchorman and veteran of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. He also served in the Army in Guantánamo Bay, Cuba. Trump praised Pete Hegseth’s experience thus:

‘Pete is tough, smart, and a true believer in America First. With Pete at the helm, America’s enemies are on notice: our military will be great again and America will never back down.’

As national security advisor Trump has chosen Mike Waltz. A former Special Forces officer and member of the House committees overseeing Armed Services, Intelligence, and Foreign Affairs, Waltz is one of China’s most ardent critics in Congress.

As Secretary of State Trump has chosen Marco Rubio, Vice-Chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, who has a hawkish position on foreign policy especially regarding China, Iran, Venezuela, and Cuba. Rubio also expressed full US support for Israel’s war in Gaza. He even called for an investigation of Federal officials who had called for a cease-fire in Gaza, accusing them of insubordination.

US support for Israel is also reinforced by the appointment of Mike Huckabee, former governor of Arkansas, as US ambassador to Israel. Huckabee publicly declared that

‘there is no such thing as a Palestinian’ and claimed that ‘the entire West Bank belongs to Israel.’

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published in Italian on Grandangolo, Byoblu TV.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). 

Featured image is from  Gage Skidmore via Flickr

 

[This was first published by GR in March 2024.]

“The world is at the crossroads of the most serious crisis in modern history.

The US has embarked on a military adventure, “a long war”, which threatens the future of humanity.” —Michel Chossudovsky

“Connecting the Dots: interview with Matt Ehret:

  • The Criminalization of International Justice
  • The Broader Middle East War
  • The History of World War II and the Role of Wall Street
  • The Cold War and the Arms Race
  • America’s Preemptive Nuclear War Doctrine
  • The Geopolitics of China-US Relations

 

Video: Connecting the Dots, Michel Chossudovsky with Matt Ehret

 

On today’s (February 10, 2024) show, Professor Michel Chossudovsky discusses the Weaponization of International Law and Lessons of Nuremberg.

“What we are living is the most serious economic-social crisis in world history.

What is happening in Palestine is interconnected with what is happening in other parts of the world. It requires a historical background.” —Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

***

First published 13 months ago on October 17, 2023 at the outset of Israel’s act of genocide against Palestine. Revised April 2024

.

 

.

Introduction. 

Was it a False Flag? 

 

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance. Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ? Or Was it “A False Flag”.

In the words of Philip Giraldi

“As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles.

In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case.” 

A Tissue of Lies 

“A Tissue of Lies” has served to justify the killing in the Gaza Strip of more than 35,000 civilians, of which 70% are women and children coupled with total destruction and an endless  string of atrocities. 

The Cat is out of the bag. Netanyahu has tacitly acknowledged that it was “A False Flag” which was intent upon justifying a carefully planned genocidal attack against Palestine: 

“Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added)

Does this candid statement not suggest that Netanyahu and his military-intelligence apparatus are responsible for the killings of innocent Israeli civilians? 

On that same day of October 7, 2023 Netanyahu launched a carefully planned military operation against the Gaza Strip entitled “State of Readiness For War”.  

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance.

Had  “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” been a “surprise attack” as parroted by the media, Netanyahu’s “State of Readiness For War” could not have been carried out (at short notice) on that same day, namely October 7, 2023. 

South Africa’s  Legal Procedure against The State of Israel 

On January 11, 2024, The Republic of South Africa  presented to The Hague World Court, a carefully formulated Legal Procedure against the State of Israel predicated on  The Genocide Convention.

This legal procedure, however, has not contributed to repealing the ongoing genocide and saving the lives of tens of thousands of civilians.

I should mention that the False Flag issue –which constitutes a crime against humanity– was casually ignored by the ICJ.

Our suggestion is that  an investigation followed by a legal procedure pertaining to the “False Flag” should be undertaken.

The heads of State and heads of government who have endorsed Israel’s Genocidal Acts are from a legal standpoint complicit. 

The ICJ Judgement was contradictory. The Presiding Judge (former legal advisor to Hillary Clinton) was in conflict of interest: 

The ICJ Judgment of January 26, 2024 assigns the Netanyahu government representing the State of Israel –accused by the Republic of South Africa of genocide against the People of Palestine– with a mandate to “take all measures within its power” to “prevent and punish” those responsible for having committed “Genocidal Acts”. (under Article IV of the Genocide Convention)

Sounds contradictory? What the ICJ judgment intimates –from a twisted legal standpoint– is that Netanyahu’s Cabinet which was “appointed” to implement  the “prevent and punish” mandate cannot be accused of having committed “Genocidal Acts”.

See

“Fake Justice” at The Hague: The ICJ “Appoints” Netanyahu to “Prevent” and “Punish” Those Responsible for “Genocidal Acts”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 24, 2024

 

Our intent is to provide a broad and detailed understanding of the false flag issue pertaining to Palestine

The titles of the videos, articles and texts presented below:  

  1. Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let it Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”?, by Dr. Philip Giraldi. 
  2. Video: ICJ Hearings in The Hague, 
  3. Text of Israel’s Secret Intelligence Memorandum. Planning the Forcible Exclusion of Palestinians from Their Homeland
  4. Video: “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”, Interview. Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux
  5. “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”, by Michel Chossudovsky
  6. Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor? But Who Actually Did What to Whom? “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation”, by Philip Giraldi 

 

In solidarity with the People of Palestine.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, January 11, 2024, September 14, 2024

 

Part I

Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”?

They Let it Happen?

Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”?

by Dr. Philip Giraldi 

October 8, 2023

Am I the only one who read about a speech given by Netanyahu or someone in his cabinet about a week ago in which he/they in passing referred to a “developing security situation” which rather suggests (to me) that they might have known about developments in Gaza and chose to let it happen so they can wipe Gaza off the map in retaliation and, possibly relying on the US pledge to have Israel’s “back,” then implicating Iran and attacking that country.

I cannot find a link to it, but have a fairly strong recollection of what I read as I thought at the time it would serve as a pretext for another massacre of Palestinians.

As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles.

In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case.

And as is also ALWAYS the case Joe Biden is preparing to send some billions of dollars to poor little Israel to pay for “defending” itself.

 

 Part II

VIDEO. ICJ Hearings in The Hague

January 2024

ICJ Hearings 

1. January 11, 2024. Click Here to View the ICJ Hearings,

2. January 12, 2024. Israel’s Legal Team’s response to South Africa, ICJ The Hague at 10 am. Video in Real Time 

3. Video: South Africa’s Closing Argument against Israel for Genocide. January 11 Hearing at the World Court

 

Part III

Israel’s Secret Intelligence Memorandum

Planning the Forcible Exclusion of Palestinians from Their Homeland

by Michel Chossudovsky

October 2023

 

An official “secret” memorandum authored by Israel’s  Ministry of Intelligenceis recommending the forcible and permanent transfer of the Gaza Strip’s 2.2 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula”, namely to a refugee camp in Egyptian territory. There are indications of Israel-Egypt negotiations  as well as consultations with the U.S. 

The 10-page document, dated Oct. 13, 2023, bears the logo of the Intelligence Ministry … assesses three options regarding the future of the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip … It recommends a full population transfer as its preferred course of action. … The document, the authenticity of which was confirmed by the ministry, has been translated into English in full here on +972.

See below, click here or below to access complete document (10 pages)

For further details and analysis see:

“Wiping Gaza Off the Map”: Israel’s “Secret” Intelligence Memorandum “Option C” by Michel Chossudovsky

 

Part IV 

Video: “False Flag. Wiping Gaza Off the Map”

Interview: Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux 

October 17, 2023

 

 

To comment or access Rumble 

 

 

 

 

Part V 

“False Flag”. Wiping Gaza Off the Map

by

Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

October 12, 2023

 .

Introduction

.

Early Saturday October 7, 2023, Hamas launched “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” led by Hamas’ Military Chief Mohammed Deif. On that same day, Netanyahu confirmed a so-called “State of Readiness For War”.  

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance (See Netanyahu’s January 2023 statement below). Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ?

U.S. intelligence say they weren’t aware of an impending Hamas attack. 

“One would have to be almost hopelessly naïve to buy the corporate state media line that the Hamas invasion  was an Israeli “intelligence failure”. Mossad is one of, if not the, most powerful intelligence agencies on the planet.”

Did Netanyahu and his vast military and intelligence apparatus (Mossad et al) have foreknowledge of the Hamas attack which has resulted in countless deaths of Israelis and Palestinians.

Was a carefully formulated Israeli plan to wage an all out war against Palestinians envisaged prior to the launching by Hamas of  “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm”? This was not a failure of Israeli Intelligence, as conveyed by the media. Quite the opposite. 

Evidence and testimonies suggest that the Netanyahu government had foreknowledge of the actions of Hamas which have resulted in hundreds of Israeli and Palestinian deaths. And “They Let it Happen”:

“Hamas fired between 2-5 thousand rockets at Israel and hundreds of Israeli are dead, while dozens of Israelis were captured as prisoners of war. In the ensuing air response by Israel, hundreds of Palestinians were killed in Gaza.” (Stephen Sahiounie)  

Following the Al Aqsa Storm Operation on October 7, Israel‘s defence minister described Palestinians as “human animals” and vowed to “act accordingly,” as fighter jets unleashed a massive bombing of the Gaza Strip home of 2.3 million Palestinians…” (Middle East Eye). A complete blockade on the Gaza Strip was initiated on October 9, 2023 consisting in   blocking and obstructing the importation of food, water, fuel, and essential commodities to 2.3 Million Palestinians. It’s an outright crime against humanity. It’s genocide. 

It is worth noting, that Netanyahu’s military actions are not targeting HAMAS, quite the opposite: he is targeting 2.3 million innocent Palestinian civilians, in blatant violation of the Four Basic Principles of  The Law of Armed Conflict (LOAC)

“….respect for and protection of the civilian population and civilian objects [schools, hospitals and residential areas], the Parties to the conflict shall at all times distinguish between the civilian population and combatants and between civilian objects and military objectives and accordingly shall direct their operations only against military objectives.” [Additional Protocol 1, Article 48]

Ironically, according to Scott Ritter, Hamas’ has acquired U.S. weapons in Ukraine. 

.

This was Not a “Surprise Attack”

Was the Hamas Attack a “False Flag”? 

“I served in the IDF 25 years ago, in the intelligence forces. There’s no way Israel did not know of what’s coming.

A cat moving alongside the fence is triggering all forces. So this??

What happened to the “strongest army in the world”?

How come border crossings were wide open?? Something is VERY WRONG HERE, something is very strange, this chain of events is very unusual and not typical for the Israeli defense system.

To me this suprise attack seems like a planned operation. On all fronts. 

If I was a conspiracy theorist I would say that this feels like the work of the Deep State.  

It feels like the people of Israel and the people of Palestine have been sold, once again, to the higher powers that be. 

(Statement by Efrat Fenigson, former IDF intelligence,  October 7, 2023, emphasis added)

Ironically, the media (NBC) is now contending that the “Hamas attack bears hallmarks of Iranian involvement”

History: The Relationship between Mossad and Hamas

What is the relationship between Mossad and Hamas? Is Hamas an “intelligence asset”? There is a long history. 

Hamas (Harakat al-Muqawama al-Islamiyya) (Islamic Resistance Movement), was founded in 1987 by Sheik Ahmed Yassin. It was supported at the outset by Israeli intelligence as a means to weaken the Palestinian Authority:

“Thanks to Mossad, (Israel’s “Institute for Intelligence and Special Tasks”), Hamas was allowed to reinforce its presence in the occupied territories. Meanwhile, Arafat’s Fatah Movement for National Liberation as well as the Palestinian Left were subjected to the most brutal form of repression and intimidation.

Let us not forget that it was Israel, which in fact created Hamas. According to Zeev Sternell, historian at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, “Israel thought that it was a smart ploy to push the Islamists against the Palestinian Liberation Organisation (PLO)”. (L’Humanité, translated from French)

The links of Hamas to Mossad and US intelligence have been acknowledged by Rep. Ron Paul in a statement to the U.S Congress: “Hamas Was Started by Israel”?

“You know Hamas, if you look at the history, you’ll find out that Hamas was encouraged and really started by Israel because they wanted Hamas to counteract Yasser Arafat… (Rep. Ron Paul, 2011)

What this statement entails is that Hamas is and remains “an intelligence asset”, namely “an “asset” to intelligence agencies”

See also the WSJ (January 24, 2009) “How Israel helped to Spawn Hamas”. 

Instead of trying to curb Gaza’s Islamists from the outset, says Mr. Cohen, Israel for years tolerated and, in some cases, encouraged them as a counterweight to the secular nationalists of the Palestine Liberation Organization and its dominant faction, Yasser Arafat’s Fatah. (WSJ, emphasis added)

 

“The Hamas Partnership” is confirmed by Netanyahu

 

“The Cat is Out of the Bag”

“Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added)

Does this statement not suggest that Netanyahu and his military-intelligence apparatus are responsible for the killings of innocent Israeli civilians? 

“Support” and “Money” for Hamas. 

“Transferring Money to Hamas” on behalf of Netanyahu is confirmed by a Times of Israel October 8, 2023 Report: 

“Hamas was treated as a partner to the detriment of the Palestinian Authority to prevent Abbas from moving towards creating a Palestinian State. Hamas was promoted from a terrorist group to an organization with which Israel conducted negotiations through Egypt, and which was allowed to receive suitcases containing millions of dollars from Qatar through the Gaza crossings.” (emphasis added)

.

The Dangers of Military Escalation?

 

Let us be under no illusions, this “false flag” operation is a complex military-intelligence undertaking, carefully planned over several years, in liaison and  coordination with US intelligence, the Pentagon and NATO. 

In turn, this action against Palestine is already conducive to a process of military escalation which potentially could engulf a large part of Middle East.

Israel is a de facto member NATO (with a special status) since 2004, involving active military and intelligence coordination as well as consultations pertaining to the occupied territories.

Military cooperation with both the Pentagon and NATO is viewed by Israel’s Defence Force (IDF) as a means to “enhance Israel’s deterrence capability regarding potential enemies threatening it, mainly Iran and Syria.”

The premise of NATO-Israel military cooperation is that “Israel is under attack”. Does Israel’s agreement with the Atlantic Alliance “obligate” NATO “to come to the rescue of Israel” under the doctrine of “collective security” (Article 5 of the Washington treaty)?

In recent developments, U.S. military deployments in the Middle East are ongoing allegedly to avoid escalation.

According to NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg:

There is always the risk that nations and/or organisations hostile to Israel will take try to take advantage. And that includes, for instance, organisations like Hezbollah or a country like Iran. So this is a message to countries and organisations hostile to Israel that they should not try to utilise the situation. And the United States have deployed, or has deployed more military forces in the region, not least to deter any escalation or prevent any escalation of the situation. (NATO Press Conference, Brussels, October 12, 2023, emphasis added) 

Netanyahu’s “New Stage”

“The Long War” against Palestine

 

Netanyahu’s stated objective, which constitutes a new stage in the 75 year old war (since Nakba, 1948) against the people of Palestine is no longer predicated on “Apartheid” or “Separation”. This new stage –which is also directed against Israelis who want peace— consists in “total appropriation” as well as the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland:

“These are the basic lines of the national government headed by me [Netanyahu]: The Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop settlement in all parts of the Land of Israel — in the Galilee, the Negev, the Golan, Judea and Samaria.” (Netanyahu January 2023. emphasis added)

We bring to the attention of our readers the incisive analysis of  Dr. Philip Giraldi pointing to the likelihood of a “False Flag’”. 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, October 8, 2023, Above text updated on October 12, 2023

.

 

Part VI

Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor?

But Who Actually Did What to Whom?

“This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation”

by

Dr Philip Giraldi

October 16, 2023

.

“As a former on-the-ground intelligence officer, I am somewhat convinced that this was likely more like a false flag operation rather than a case of institutional failure on the part of the Israelis.”

It’s amazing how America’s thought-controlled media is able to come up with a suitable narrative almost immediately whenever there is an international incident that might be subject to multiple interpretations.

***

Since 1948 Israel has expelled hundreds of thousands of Palestinians from their homes,

has occupied nearly all of the historic Palestine, has empowered its army to kill thousands of local people, and

has more recently established an apartheid regime that even denies that Palestinian Arabs are human in the same sense that Jews are.

Netanyahu-allied government minister Ayelet Shaked memorably has called for Israel not only to exterminate all Palestinian children, whom she has described as “little snakes,” but also to kill their mothers who gave birth to them.

But when the Arabs strike back against the hatred that confronts them with their limited resources it is Israel that is described as the victimand the Palestinians who are dehumanized and portrayed as the “terrorists.”

Media in the US and Europe were quick to label the Hamas offensive breaching the formidable Israeli border defenses as “Israel’s 9/11” or even “Israel’s Pearl Harbor” to establish the context that the Israelis have been on the receiving end of an “unprovoked” attack by a cruel and heartless enemy.

Israel has responded to the attack with a heavy bombardment of Gaza that has destroyed infrastructure, including hospitals and schools, while also cutting off food supplies, water and electricity.

It has demanded that residents of north Gaza, all 1.1 million of them, evacuate to make way for a possible ground offensive but there is nowhere to go as all the borders are closed, and the United Nations is calling it a demand with “devastating humanitarian consequences.” Journalist Peter Beinart has commented “This is a monstrous crime. It’s happening in plain view, with US support.”

And the United States government is indeed typically on the same page as Israel. President Joe Biden, citing fabricated stories about dead Jewish babies, speaks of how Israel has a “duty” to defend itself, while the Palestinians somehow have no right to protect themselves at all, much less to rise up against their persecutors in a struggle for freedom.

And Washington has also unhesitatingly chosen to directly involve itself in the conflict, completely on the side of the Jewish state, asserting repeatedly that “Israel has a right to defend itself” and telling the Israelis that “we have your back” while also dispatching two aircraft carrier groups to the scene of the fighting as well as the 101st Airborne to Jordan and increasing the readiness of Marines stationed in Kuwait.

The White House could have taken more aggressive steps to encourage a ceasefire and talks but has chosen instead to issue essentially toothless calls to let the trapped civilians escape while also backing a devastating Israeli military response.

 

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken meets with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in Tel Aviv, Oct. 12, 2023. – Secretary Antony Blinken on X

Israel is also hosting the worthless and brain dead Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin who will be providing advice along the lines of his insightful comment that Hamas is “evil” and “worse than ISIS.” Secretary of State Antony Blinken is already in Jerusalem, announcing that the US is there to support Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s unity government “as long as America exists” after first saying “I come before you not only as the United States Secretary of State, but also as a Jew.”

Blinken’s explicit association of his personal religion with his official role as a representative of the US government makes clear that a key element in why he is there is because he is “a Jew.” Perhaps he should recuse himself from policy making involving Israel as being “a Jew” would not appear to be a United States national interest and is likely to produce irrational responses to developing situations.

If all of this sounds a lot like Ukraine it should, except that in Ukraine the US and NATO are fighting against Russia, which is being demonized for occupying what is claimed Ukrainian territory, whereas in Palestine they are supporting the occupier of actual Palestinian territory, Israel.

Funny thing that, and the word “hypocrisy” comes immediately to mind. As it turns out, however, I am somewhat on the same page as much of the media, agreeing that the Hamas incursion is something like 9/11, though I am sure that my take would not be found acceptable to the CNN Jake Tappers of this world.

My thinking is that Israel knew in advance about 9/11 in the United States due to its extensive spying network and chose not to share the information because it was to their advantage not to do so.

Indeed, a pleased Netanyahu even stated several years later that “9/11 was a good thing because it made the United States join us in our fight.”

That the attacks killed 3,000 Americans did not bother the Israeli government as Israel has a long history of killing Americans when it can benefit from so doing, starting with the attack on the USS Liberty in 1967 which killed 34 sailors.

So too in this case in Gaza, Netanyahu may have decided to encourage an unexpected development, making it like 9/11, that would enable him to escalate and “mow the grass” as the Israelis put it, in the remainder of Arab Palestine.

And bear in mind that the actual incident that triggered the uprising was a rampage involving at least 800 Israeli settlers in and around the al-Aqsa mosque, the third holiest site in Islam, beating pilgrims and destroying Palestinian shops, all without any interference from the nearby Israeli security forces. The rioting was clearly allowed and even encouraged by the government.

Drawing on my experience as a former on-the-ground intelligence officer, I am somewhat convinced that this was likely more like a false flag operation rather than a case of institutional failure on the part of the Israelis.

Israel had an extensive electronic and physical wall backed by soldiers and weaponry that completely surrounded Gaza on the landward side, so effective that it was claimed that not even a mouse could get in.

The Mediterranean side of Gaza was also tightly controlled by the Israeli Navy and boats to and from Gaza were completely blocked.

Egypt tightly controlled the southern part of Gaza bordering on the Sinai. So Gaza was under 24/7 complete surveillance and control at all times. Israeli military intelligence also certainly had a network of recruited informants inside Gaza who would report on any training or movements, easy enough to do when you can approach people who are starving and make them an offer they cannot refuse just for providing information on what they see and hear.

And then there was a warning from the Egyptian government to Israel ten days before the Hamas attack, with Egypt’s Intelligence Minister General Abbas Kamel personally calling Netanyahu and sharing intelligence suggesting that the Gazans were likely to do “something unusual, a terrible operation.” Other media accounts reveal how Hamas trained and practiced their maneuvers publicly. There were also assessments made by US intelligence, which were shared with Israel, suggesting that something was afoot. So, given all of the evidence, there likely was no intelligence failure to anticipate and counter the Hamas attack but rather a political decision made by the Israeli government that knew what might be coming and chose to let it proceed to provide a casus belli to destroy Gaza, vowing that “Every member of Hamas is a dead man,” and then go on from there. And “from there” might well include Lebanon, Syria and Iran, possibly with the assistance of the United States to do the heavy lifting. Iran in particular is already being blamed by the usual suspects as a party involved in the Hamas attack, so far without any evidence whatsoever, which is typical of how these stories evolve.

Image: Israel’s National Security Minister Itamar Ben Gvir visits Al-Aqsa, 3 January (Social Media)

And Israel has moved far to the right politically to such an extent that it might appreciate a little ethnic cleansing to demonstrate its seriousness. Netanyahu and other senior government officials in his cabinet have recently been making passing references to a “developing security situation” in the country to justify the intensifying of the raids by the army against Palestinian towns and refugee camps. The new government in Israel has also placed police under the control of ultra-nationalist Jewish Power party head Itamar Ben-Gvir as National Security Minister. He has been exploiting his position to call in particular for a war to destroy Hamas in Gaza, which is precisely what is happening. Gaza might be of particular interest to Ben-Gvir and others as it uniquely shelters an armed and organized resistance in the form of Hamas, which, oddly, was founded with the support of Israel to split the Palestinian political resistance with Fatah controlling the West Bank and Hamas in Gaza.

There is another issue relating to the recent fighting that one would like to know the answer to, namely how did Hamas get its weapons in the first place?

Some were clearly manufactured from parts and scrap but others were sophisticated and, as Gaza is blockaded on all sides, smuggling them in becomes problematical. One argument is that they were supplied by Iran and others to be brought in by tunnels, but the tunnels on two sides would end up in Israel and on the third side in Egypt. The fourth side is the Mediterranean Sea. So how did they arrive? Is there a possible triple or even quadruple cross taking place with different parties lying to each other? And should there be concerns that after the American armada arrives off the coast of Gaza there just might be some kind of false flag incident engineered by Netanyahu that will involve Washington directly in the fighting?

And there is what amounts to a related issue that should be of concern to everyone in the US and generically speaking the “Western world” where human rights are at least nominally respected. The message from almost all Western governments is that Israel has a carte blanche to do whatever it likes even when it involves war crimes to include mass forced displacement or genocide. In this case, the coordinated government-media response which is intended to protect Israel from any criticism almost immediately began circulating fabricated tales of atrocities while also delivering a hit on freedom of speech and association. President Biden, who should be trying to defuse the crisis, is instead adding fuel to the flames, saying of Hamas that “Pure, unadulterated evil has been unleashed on the earth!”

In Florida the arch Zionist stooge Governor Ron Desantis met with Jewish leaders in a synagogue to announce draconian measures against Iran to include sanctions on companies that are in any way linked to that country. One might point out that those businesses have done nothing wrong and Desantis also called for “eradication of Hamas from the earth.” His intellectual depth was at the same time revealed when he said the US should not take in any Gazan refugees because they are “antisemites.”

And in South Carolina, America’s favorite he/she Senator Lindsey Graham is calling for a US attack on Iran as well as declaring the war against Hamas to be “a religious war” and urging the Israeli army to invade Gaza and do “Whatever the hell you have to do to” to “level the place.”

And the Europeans are equally spineless in their deference to Israel. The Israeli president declared the that there are no innocent civilians in Gaza, and not long after that top European Union representatives met with him to offer their unqualified support. Meanwhile in France, the spineless and feckless government of Emmanuel Macron has sought to outlaw any gathering that expresses support for Palestinian rights.

And in the UK, the Home Secretary Suella Braverman has proposed criminalizing any protest against Israeli actions or anything in support of Palestine to include banning any public display of the Palestinian national flag, which she regards as a “criminal offense toward the Jewish community in Britain.”

She has also said that “I would encourage police to consider whether chants such as: ‘From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free’ should be understood as an expression of a violent desire to see Israel erased from the world, and whether its use in certain contexts may amount to a racially aggravated section 5 public order offence.” Berlin’s Public Prosecutor’s Office has also classified the use of the expression as a “criminal offense.” The manner in which most Western political elites are lining up unquestionably and even enthusiastically behind Israel and its craven leaders’ desire for bloody vengeance is truly shocking but comes as no surprise.

Beyond the issue of Gaza itself, some in Israel are arguing that Netanyahu has personally benefitted from the unrest through the creation of the national unity government which has ended for the time being the huge demonstrations protesting his judicial reform proposals. If all of this comes together politically as it might in the next several weeks, we could be seeing the initial steps in what will develop into the complete ethnic cleansing of what was once Palestine, in line with Netanyahu’s assertion that “the Jewish people have an exclusive and inalienable right to all parts of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop the settlement of all parts of the Land of Israel.” So all of the former Palestine is now a land to be defined by its Jewishness where Jews are in full control and are free to do whatever they want without any objection, referred to by the Israeli government as “an exclusive right to self-determination.” And it has all possibly been brought to fruition by the enablement provided by the current developments in Gaza.

The original source of Dr. Giraldi’s October 16, 2023 article. 

Gaza Strikes Back. It’s Another 9/11 or Pearl Harbor but Who Actually Did What to Whom? “This Was More Likely a False Flag Operation”

By Philip Giraldi, October 16, 2023

***

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected]He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 

This article was first published on October 4, 2012. Minor edits.

***

On October 7, 2023: we commemorate the US-NATO invasion of Afghanistan.

Why was Afghanistan invaded by US-NATO forces on October 7, 2001?  

It is important to recall the official story:

  • America was attacked by Afghanistan on September 11, 2001.
  • The Taliban were protecting bin Laden. 
  • And US-NATO invoking self defence and the “doctrine of collective security” invaded Afghanistan on October 7, 2001.

Twenty-two years later. What was the justification for waging war on an impoverished country in Central Asia of 38 million people?

Michel Chossudovsky, October 6, 2023

***

The legal argument used by Washington and NATO to invade Afghanistan was that the September 11 attacks constituted an undeclared “armed attack” “from abroad” by an unnamed foreign power, and that consequently “the laws of war” apply, allowing the nation under attack, to strike back in the name of “self-defense”.

Both the media and the US government, in chorus, continue to point to the 9/11 attacks and the role of Al Qaeda, allegedly supported by Afghanistan, when in fact (amply documented) Al Qaeda was an intelligence asset created by the CIA.

Lest we forget, Osama bin Laden had been recruited by National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski during the so-called Soviet-Afghan war.

The bombing and invasion of Afghanistan in October 2001 was described as a “campaign” against “Islamic terrorists”, rather than a war.

To this date, however, there is no proof that Al Qaeda was behind the 9/11 attacks.

Even if one accepts the official 9/11 narrative, there is no evidence that Afghanistan as a Nation State was behind or in any way complicit in the 9/11 attacks.

The Afghan government in the weeks following 9/11, offered on two occasions through diplomatic channels to deliver Osama bin Laden to US Justice, if there were preliminary evidence of his involvement in the 9/11 attacks. These offers were casually refused by Washington.

Where was Osama on September 11, 2001?

To this date, Osama bin Laden, the leader of Al Qaeda, is identified in military documents and official statements of both the Bush and Obama administrations as the mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks.

The Afghan government (the “Taliban regime” in official documents) is identified as supporting Al Qaeda and providing refuge to its leader Osama bin Laden inside Afghan territory in the wake of the 9/11 attacks.

On September 10, 2001, according to a CBS news report, Osama bin Laden was in Pakistan. He had been admitted to a Pakistani military hospital in Rawalpindi. (CBS Evening News with Dan Rather;  CBS, 28 January 2002, See also Michel Chossudovsky, Where was Osama on September 11, 2001?, Global Research, 11 September 2008):

“DAN RATHER, CBS ANCHOR: As the United states and its allies in the war on terrorism press the hunt for Osama bin Laden, CBS News has exclusive information tonight about where bin Laden was and what he was doing in the last hours before his followers struck the United States September 11.

This is the result of hard-nosed investigative reporting by a team of CBS news journalists, and by one of the best foreign correspondents in the business, CBS`s Barry Petersen. Here is his report.

(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE) BARRY PETERSEN, CBS CORRESPONDENT (voice-over): Everyone remembers what happened on September 11. Here`s the story of what may have happened the night before. It is a tale as twisted as the hunt for Osama bin Laden.

CBS News has been told that the night before the September 11 terrorist attack, Osama bin Laden was in Pakistan. He was getting medical treatment with the support of the very military that days later pledged its backing for the U.S. war on terror in Afghanistan (CBS, op cit, emphasis added)

 

Recovering from his hospital treatment in Rawalpindi on the 11th of September, how could Osama have coordinated the 9/11 attacks?

How could Afghanistan be made responsible for these attacks by Al Qaeda?

Bin Laden is a national of Saudi Arabia who, according to CBS News, was not in Afghanistan, but in Pakistan at the time of the attacks.

The Invasion of Afghanistan: NATO’s Doctrine of Collective Security

The legal argument used by Washington and NATO to invade Afghanistan was that the September 11 attacks constituted an undeclared “armed attack” “from abroad” by an unnamed foreign power, and that consequently “the laws of war” apply, allowing the nation under attack, to strike back in the name of “self-defense”.

The “Global War on Terrorism” was officially launched by the Bush administration on September 11, 2001. On the following morning (September 12, 2001), NATO’s North Atlantic Council meeting in Brussels, adopted the following resolution:

“if it is determined that the [September 11, 2001] attack against the United States was directed from abroad [Afghanistan] against “The North Atlantic area“, it shall be regarded as an action covered by Article 5 of the Washington Treaty”. (emphasis added)

In this regard, Article 5 of the Washington Treaty stipulates that if:

“The Parties agree that an armed attack against one or more of them in Europe or North America shall be considered an attack against them all and consequently they agree that, if such an armed attack occurs, each of them, in exercise of the right of individual or collective self-defence recognised by Article 51 of the Charter of the United Nations, will assist the Party or Parties so attacked by taking forthwith, individually and in concert with the other Parties, such action as it deems necessary, including the use of armed force, to restore and maintain the security of the North Atlantic area.” (NATO, What is Article 5,  NATO Topics – NATO and the Scourge of Terrorism, accessed 24 November 2009, emphasis added)

“Use of Armed Force” only “If It is Determined…”

There was an “if” in the September 12 resolution. Article 5 would apply only if it is determined that Afghanistan as a Nation State was complicit or behind the 9/11 attacks.

In practice, the “if” had already been waived prior to 9/11. The entire NATO arsenal was already on a war footing. In military terms, NATO and the US were already in an advanced state of readiness. Known to military analysts, but never revealed in the Western media, the implementation of a large scale theater war takes up to one year (or more) of advanced operational planning, prior to the launching of an invasion.

Moreover, there was evidence that the war on Afghanistan had been planned prior to 9/11.

The North Atlantic Council in Brussels responded almost immediately in the wake of the 9/11 attacks,  in the morning of September 12, 2001.

The use of article 5 of the Washington Treaty had in all likelihood been contemplated by military planners, as a pretext for waging war, prior to 9/11.

There was, however, no official declaration of war on September 12th. The Alliance waited until 3 days before the invasion to declare war on Afghanistan, an impoverished country which by no stretch of the imagination could have launched an attack against a member state of “The North Atlantic area”.

The September 12 resolution of the Atlantic Council required “determination” and corroborating evidence, that:

1) Al Qaeda led by Osama bin Laden with the support of a foreign power had ordered the “attack from abroad” on the United States of America;

2) The terrorist attacks of 9/11 constituted a bona fide military operation (under the provisions of Article 5) by an alleged foreign country (Afghanistan) against a NATO member state, and consequently against all NATO member states under the doctrine of collective security:

“Article 5 and the case of the terrorist attacks against the United States: The United States has been the object of brutal terrorist attacks. It immediately consulted with the other members of the Alliance. The Alliance determined that the US had been the object of an armed attack. The Alliance therefore agreed that if it was determined that this attack was directed from abroad, it would be regarded as covered by Article 5. NATO Secretary General, Lord Robertson, subsequently informed the Secretary-General of the United Nations of the Alliance’s decision.

Article 5 has thus been invoked, but no determination has yet been made whether the attack against the United States was directed from abroad. If such a determination is made, each Ally will then consider what assistance it should provide. In practice, there will be consultations among the Allies. Any collective action by NATO will be decided by the North Atlantic Council. The United States can also carry out independent actions, consistent with its rights and obligations under the UN Charter.

Allies can provide any form of assistance they deem necessary to respond to the situation. This assistance is not necessarily military and depends on the material resources of each country. Each individual member determines how it will contribute and will consult with the other members, bearing in mind that the ultimate aim is to “to restore and maintain the security of the North Atlantic area”.

By invoking Article 5, NATO members have shown their solidarity toward the United States and condemned, in the strongest possible way, the terrorist attacks against the United States on 11 September.

If the conditions are met for the application of Article 5, NATO Allies will decide how to assist the United States. (Many Allies have clearly offered emergency assistance). Each Ally is obliged to assist the United States by taking forward, individually and in concert with other Allies, such action as it deems necessary. This is an individual obligation on each Ally and each Ally is responsible for determining what it deems necessary in these particular circumstances.

No collective action will be taken by NATO until further consultations are held and further decisions are made by the the North Atlantic Council. (NATO, NATO Topics – NATO and the Scourge of Terrorism, accessed 24 November 2009, emphasis added)

The Mysterious Frank Taylor Report

The final decision to invoke Article 5 in relation to the 9/11 attacks came three weeks later upon the submission to the NATO Council of a mysterious classified report by a US State Department official named Frank Taylor. The report was submitted to NATO on October 2nd, 5 days before the commencement of the bombing and invasion of Afghanistan.

Frank Taylor was working in the US State Department. He had been entrusted with the writing of a brief to establish whether the US “had been attacked from abroad”, pursuant to the North Atlantic Council’s resolution of September 12 2001.

US Ambassador at Large and Co-ordinator for Counter-terrorism Frank Taylor briefed the North Atlantic Council on October 2nd, five days before the commencement of the bombings.

On October 2nd  he handed his brief to NATO “on the results of investigations into the 11 September attacks…. ” (NATO – Topic: Terrorism, NATO and the fight against Terrorism, accessed 24 November 2009).

The classified report was not released to the media. And to this date, to our knowledge, it has remained classified.

NATO’s Secretary General Lord Robertson casually summarised the substance of the Frank Taylor report in a press release:

“This morning, the United States briefed the North Atlantic Council on the results of the investigation into who was responsible for the horrific terrorist attacks which took place on September 11.

The briefing was given by Ambassador Frank Taylor, the United States Department of State Coordinator for Counter-terrorism.

This morning’s briefing follows those offered by United States Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage and United States Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, and illustrates the commitment of the United States to maintain close cooperation with Allies.

Today’s was classified briefing and so I cannot give you all the details.

Briefings are also being given directly by the United States to the Allies in their capitals.

The briefing addressed the events of September 11 themselves, the results of the investigation so far, what is known about Osama bin Laden and the al-Qaida organisation and their involvement in the attacks and in previous terrorist activity, and the links between al-Qaida and the Taliban regime in Afghanistan.

The facts are clear and compelling. The information presented points conclusively to an al-Qaida role in the September 11 attacks.

We know that the individuals who carried out these attacks were part of the world-wide terrorist network of al-Qaida, headed by Osama bin Laden and his key lieutenants and protected by the Taliban.

On the basis of this briefing, it has now been determined that the attack against the United States on September 11 was directed from abroad and shall therefore be regarded as an action covered by Article 5 of the Washington Treaty, which states that an armed attack on one or more of the Allies in Europe or North America shall be considered an attack against them all.

I want to reiterate that the United States of America can rely on the full support of its 18 NATO Allies in the campaign against terrorism.”

(Lord Robertson, NATO Secretary General, statement to the NATO Council, State Department, Appendix H, Multinational Response to September 11 NATO Press

http://www.state.gov/documents/organization/10313.pdf, accessed 24 November 2009, emphasis added)

In other words, on October 5, 2001, two days before the actual commencement of the bombing campaign on October 7, the North Atlantic Council decided, based on the information provided by Frank Taylor to the Council  “that the attacks were directed from abroad” by Al Qaeda, headed by Osama bin Laden, thereby requiring an action on the part of NATO under Article 5 of the Washington Treaty ( NATO – Topic: Terrorism, NATO and the fight against Terrorism, accessed 24 November 2009).

NATO action under article 5, was outlined in an October 4 decision, 3 days before the commencement of the bombings. This NATO decision implied eight measures in support the United States, which were tantamount to a declaration of war on Afghanistan:

to enhance intelligence sharing and co-operation, both bilaterally and in appropriate NATO bodies, relating to the threats posed by terrorism and the actions to be taken against it;

to provide, individually or collectively, as appropriate and according to their capabilities, [military] assistance to Allies and other states which are or may be subject to increased terrorist threats as a result of their support for the campaign against terrorism;

to take necessary measures to provide increased security for facilities of the United States and other Allies on their territory;

to backfill selected Allied assets in NATO’s area of responsibility that are required to directly support operations against terrorism;

to provide blanket overflight clearances for the United States and other Allies’ aircraft, in accordance with the necessary air traffic arrangements and national procedures, for military flights related to operations against terrorism; to provide access for the United States and other Allies to ports and airfields on the territory of NATO nations for operations against terrorism, including for refuelling, in accordance with national procedures;

that the Alliance is ready to deploy elements of its Standing Naval Forces to the Eastern Mediterranean in order to provide a NATO presence and demonstrate resolve; and that the Alliance is similarly ready to deploy elements of its NATO Airborne Early Warning Force to support operations against terrorism. NATO – Topic: Terrorism, NATO and the fight against Terrorism, accessed 24 November 2009 emphasis added)

Press reports of Frank Taylor’s brief to the NATO Council were scanty. The invocation of Article 5, five days before the bombings commenced, was barely mentioned. The media consensus was: “all roads lead to Bin Laden” as if bin Laden was a Nation State which had attacked America.

What stands out are outright lies and fabrications. Moreover, prior to October 2nd, NATO had no pretext under Article 5 of the Washington Treaty to intervene militarily in Afghanistan.

The justification was provided by Frank Taylor’s classified report, which was not made public.

The two UN Security Council resolutions adopted in the course of September 2001, did not, under any circumstances, provide a justification for the invasion and illegal occupation  of a UN member country. (See: Security Council resolution 1368 (2001) Threats to international peace and security caused by terrorist actsSecurity Council resolution 1373 (2001) Threats to international peace and security caused by terrorist acts).

UNSC Resolution 1373 (2001) called for prevention and suppression of terrorist acts, as well suppression of the financing of terrorism:

“(e) Ensure that any person who participates in the financing, planning, preparation or perpetration of terrorist acts or in supporting terrorist acts is brought to justice and ensure that, in addition to any other measures against them, such terrorist acts are established as serious criminal offences in domestic laws and regulations and that the punishment duly reflects the seriousness of such terrorist acts;

“3. Calls upon all States to:

“(a) Find ways of intensifying and accelerating the exchange of operational information, especially regarding actions or movements of terrorist persons or networks; forged or falsified travel documents; traffic in arms, explosives or sensitive materials; use of communications technologies by terrorist groups; and the threat posed by the possession of weapons of mass destruction by terrorist groups;

“(b) Exchange information in accordance with international and domestic law and cooperate on administrative and judicial matters to prevent the commission of terrorist acts;

“(c) Cooperate, particularly through bilateral and multilateral arrangements and agreements, to prevent and suppress terrorist attacks and take action against perpetrators of such acts;

“4. Notes with concern the close connection between international terrorism and transnational organized crime, illicit drugs, money-laundering, illegal arms-trafficking, and illegal movement of nuclear, chemical, biological and other potentially deadly materials, and in this regard emphasizes the need to enhance coordination of efforts on national, subregional, regional and international levels in order to strengthen a global response to this serious challenge and threat to international security;

“5. Declares that acts, methods, and practices of terrorism are contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations and that knowingly financing, planning and inciting terrorist acts are also contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations (excerpts of UNSC Resolution 1373 (2001, See also UN Press Release SC 7178 SECURITY COUNCIL UNANIMOUSLY ADOPTS WIDE-RANGING ANTI-TERRORISM RESOLUTION; CALLS FOR SUPPRESSING FINANCING, IMPROVING INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION, Security Council, 4385th Meeting, September 2001)

Nowhere in this resolution is there any mention of military action against a UN member State.

The War on Afghanistan Had been Planned Prior to 9/11

Known and documented, the war on Afghanistan had been  planned prior to 9/11. According to Jane Defense, India had been approached in March 2001 by US to participate in a US military operation against Afghanistan:

Insider accounts published in the British, French and Indian media have revealed that US officials threatened war against Afghanistan during the summer of 2001. These reports include the prediction, made in July, that “if the military action went ahead, it would take place before the snows started falling in Afghanistan, by the middle of October at the latest.”

The Bush administration began its bombing strikes on the hapless, poverty-stricken country October 7, and ground attacks by US Special Forces began October 19. (see Patrick Martin, US planned war in Afghanistan long before September 11, wsws.org, November 20, 2001)

According to statements of former foreign Secretary of Pakistan Niaz Naik, the US had already decided to wage war on Afghanistan prior to 9/11 ( BBC report published one week after the attacks, September 18, 2001)  ”

Niaz Naik, a former Pakistani Foreign Secretary, was told by senior American officials in mid-July that military action against Afghanistan would go ahead by the middle of October.

Russian troops were on standby. …

The underlying objective according to Mr Naik, was to “topple the Taleban regime” and install a government  “possibly under the leadership of the former Afghan King Zahir Shah.”

He said that he was in no doubt that after the World Trade Center bombings this pre-existing US plan had been built upon and would be implemented within two or three weeks.

Concluding Remarks: Twenty-three Years Later

Afghanistan did not attack America on September 11, 2001.

The war on Afghanistan was already on the Pentagon’s drawing board prior to 9/11.

The US led war on Afghanistan, using 9/11 as a pretext and a justification,  is illegal and criminal.

The US and NATO heads of state and heads of government from 2001 to the present are complicit in the launching of a criminal and illegal war.

Invoking article 5 of the Washington Treaty is an illegal and criminal procedure.  The (former) US and NATO heads of state and heads of government should be prosecuted for war crimes.

***

A earlier version of this article was published under the title:

September 11, 2001: America and NATO Declare War on Afghanistan: NATO’s Doctrine of Collective Security

Global Research, December 21, 2009

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Twenty-three Years Ago, October 7, 2001, US-NATO Invaded Afghanistan: It was Presented as an “Act of Self Defense”. “America was Attacked on 9/11 by an ‘Unnamed Foreign Power'”

There are inevitably several jokes going around in the circles that I frequent that “MAGA” should instead be “MIGA” as the recent US national election only allowed one to choose between two parties that tried to excel in expressing their love for the Jewish state, with the winner Donald Trump’s Republicans ending up on top to “Make Israel Great[er] Again.” Another joke, more in line with dark humor, is the growing belief that Kamala Harris might have lost the election with the margin of difference being the perception that the Israeli genocide in Gaza, enabled by her party and President Joe Biden, turned many voters against her. Ironically, Donald Trump was more ambiguous and may well turn out to be even worse when it comes to developments in the Middle East.

Joe Biden’s cabinet and senior appointments were overloaded with Jews and while Trump’s choices are ethnically more mixed they all are truly dedicated to letting Israel have its way with its neighbors. Several high officials might well be considered demented when it comes to the arguments they make to protect the Jewish state, up to and including urging preemptive strikes carried out by the US against Iran, Syria and Lebanon. An Israeli newspaper has revealed that the Israeli government and Trump’s team are already in discussions regarding how to remove Iran’s government. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu for his part has claimed that he has already spoken with Trump several times since the election and that the two leaders see “eye-to-eye” on Iran. Netanyahu is convinced that a direct strike on Iran’s nuclear facilities is feasible as long as the United States fully supports Israel if a war breaks out.

The new Trump cabinet lineup includes Congressman Marco Rubio of Florida as Secretary of State, FOX news journalist Pete Hegspeth as Secretary of Defense, Representative Elise Stefanik of New York as Ambassador to the United Nations, former Governor Mike Huckabee of Arkansas as Ambassador to Israel, Congressman Mike Waltz as National Security Adviser, Governor Kristi Noem as head of Homeland Security, and Steven C. Witkoff as special envoy to the Middle East. Together they constitute a cohesive group that has delighted the president-elect Trump’s most hawkishly pro-Israel backers. All of those nominated share a passion for promoting Israeli interests as well as bemoaning Jewish concerns over issues like the constantly claimed “problem” of surging antisemitism. Matt Brooks, the longtime chief executive of the Republican Jewish Coalition, called the nominees “a true dream team for those who care about a strong, vibrant, unshakable US-Israel relationship.”

For those of us who had hoped for something more like peace on earth it looks, however, quite a bit different. Paul Craig Roberts even jests that the lineup appears to have been appointed by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu of Israel. Perhaps the most demented of the lot is also the individual in the most potentially threatening position, Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth.

American Crusade: Our Fight to Stay Free: Hegseth, Pete: 9781546098744: Amazon.com: Books

Hegseth is a journalist with FOX news with one observer noting that he has never managed any organization larger than his three wives and five children prior to his upgrade to the $1 trillion budgeted 2.9 million Pentagon employees. Even by Christian Zionist standards, he might well be considered to be an extremist. An excerpt from Hegseth’s book, American Crusade, Our Fight to Stay Free (2020) includes

“Simply put: if you don’t understand why Israel matters and why it is so central to the story of Western civilization—with America being its greatest manifestation—then you don’t live in history. America’s story is inextricably linked to Judeo-Christian history and the modern state of Israel. You can love America without loving Israel but that tells me your knowledge of the Bible and Western civilization is woefully incomplete.… If you love America, you should love Israel. We share history, we share faith, and we share freedom. We love free people, free expression, and free markets.”

Of course, Hegseth is not plausible as neither the US nor Israel appear any longer to love either free people or speech. An over-the-top Christian Zionist, Hegseth, whose body is covered with Christian crosses tattoos, denies that Palestine or even the Palestinians actually exist. He calls the West Bank Samaria and Judea. He is also a so-called Third Temple activist who believes that the al-Aqsa mosque and other Muslim holy sites on the Temple mount in Jerusalem should be torn down to rebuild the Judaean Temple allegedly destroyed by the Romans in the Second Century. As al-Aqsa is a major Islamic religious site, such a move would automatically trigger a massive sectarian war in the Middle East, but it is also seen by Christian Zionists like Hegseth as a precursor step in the development of the Armageddon conflict that will lead to the rapturing of all true believers (Christians only!) into heaven and the Second Coming of Christ. Basically, we are looking at a Secretary of Defense who heads the largest military organization in the world wanting there to be a war which would destroy the world as we know it.

Evangelical Christian Zionist Huckabee and Congresswoman Stefanik are in some ways just as scary. Trump, clearly unconcerned about appointing senior officials possessing dual loyalty, said in a statement regarding Huckabee that “Mike has been a great public servant, Governor, and Leader in Faith for many years. He loves Israel, and the people of Israel, and likewise, the people of Israel love him. Mike will work tirelessly to bring about Peace in the Middle East!” Huckabee believes God gave historic Palestine to the modern state of Israel, and is an outspoken advocate of Israel’s planned expansion in the occupied West Bank, which he calls Judea and Samaria. While visiting an Israeli West Bank settlement in in 2017, Huckabee claimed the land was not Israeli occupied. “I think Israel has title deed to Judea and Samaria. There are certain words I refuse to use. There is no such thing as a West Bank. It’s Judea and Samaria. There’s no such thing as a settlement. They’re communities, they’re neighborhoods, they’re cities. There’s no such thing as an occupation.” In 2008, during his own presidential campaign, Huckabee said there was “really no such thing as a Palestinian.”

Another leading Israel Firster is Elise Stefanik, Congresswoman from New York, who will be United States Ambassador to the United Nations, where she will no doubt follow in the glorious footsteps of Nikki Haley, Trump’s totally Zionist first appointee to that organization back in 2016. Stefanik has been stridently using her bully pulpit on the House Education and Workforce Committee to destroy free speech on America’s college campuses, particularly when that freedom is used to criticize Israel and its behavior, which she liberally describes as antisemitism even when the protests are triggered by Israeli atrocities directed against Palestinians and Lebanese. Her witch hunt has led to several top resignations of college presidents and universities across the country have clamped down on pro-Palestinian protesters, who, for the record, Trump has pledged to deport together with all “Jew haters.” Per Australian Journalist Caitlin Johnstone “She’s a hawkish swamp monster whose political career was primed in some of the most odious neoconservative think tanks in Washington, and opposes placing any limits on US military support for Israel. Earlier this year Stefanik actually flew to Israel to give a speech before the Israeli Knesset vowing to help stop the ‘antisemitism’ of protesters against Israel’s genocidal atrocities at American universities.” Stefanik will undoubtedly be relied upon to represent Israeli interests at the UN and State Department rather than those of the United States or of American citizens. The same goes for the new president’s Middle East envoy, Jewish real estate mogul Steve Witkoff, who is a golfing partner of Trump but reportedly has no diplomatic or political experience. A Times of Israel profile describes Witkoff as a “conduit to the Jewish business community.” That is great news as in Washington those who have the most money are always able to speak loudest.

And so it goes. Turn a page in Washington and you find out that someone else has bought up all the remaining pages so all you can do is keep re-reading the same thing. Gosh, Presidents Biden and Trump, doesn’t it bother you to know, as you surely do, that another country owns us and that it carries out near continuous war crimes against an occupied people that are enabled through the use of our arms and money? Do you have no sense of shame? Where is the proud and honorable America that was once a beacon of liberty among all nations? Gone and forgotten, apparently.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Liberate Liberalism from Capitalism and Reclaim Liberal Society

November 17th, 2024 by Bhabani Shankar Nayak

The political and moral foundation of liberalism as a movement originated as a critique of feudalism, religion, monarchy, and conservative traditions.

Its primary aim was to ensure individual liberty, egalitarian democratic governance based on the consent of the people, and equality before the law.

The struggles of working people and their revolutionary class struggles were instrumental in bringing these liberal and secular ideas to life. However, over time, ruling and non-ruling elites co-opted liberalism, aligning it with market democracy and transforming liberal society into a market-driven society. Such a transformation granted social legitimacy to capitalism, empowering its narrow and authoritarian market forces as well as reactionary social and political elements.

The Lockean social contract was redefined into market contracts rooted in purely economic relations, forming the foundation of capitalism in Lockean Europe. This system was later internationalised through European colonialism across Asia, Africa, the Americas, Oceania, and the Arabian and Middle Eastern regions.

Contrary to advancing liberal and constitutional democracy in the former colonies, European colonialism reshaped liberalism in a way that transformed egalitarian natural rights into property rights, favouring Europeans’ domination over people and their resources in colonies. However, the struggles of the working class against European colonialism played a pivotal role in establishing democracy. These struggles not only advanced liberal and constitutional democracy in the colonies but also deepened democratic principles and strengthened liberal society within Europe itself.

The erosion of democratic values and the liberal social order in the contemporary world is a result of various forms of capitalist consolidation, further accelerated by technological advancements controlled by a few powerful corporations serving capitalist interests. Capitalism, however, is not inherently aligned with the values of liberalism. As a result, the core principles of liberalism—its democratic ethos, rooted in secular and egalitarian citizenship rights—have been completely undermined by capitalist forces. Citizenship rights have been reduced to mere consumer care, stripped of their original essence as customer rights.

In a cruel twist of ideological bankruptcy, contemporary liberals have become deeply entangled with various forms of capitalism and its expansion.

Such an alliance has destroyed both the objective and subjective foundations of liberalism and its moral calibre. However, this illiberal alliance between liberals and their capitalist counterparts, aimed at building a market democracy, has undermined both democracy and liberalism in society, politics, culture and economy. Market individualism is now represented as a form of liberal ideal of individual rights. The Lockean social contract has been reduced to little more than a consumer warranty card with an expiration date.

Rather than questioning power and authority, liberals have forged alliances with them, contributing to the rise of reactionary, right-wing, and religious forces that have gained social and political legitimacy worldwide. Once champions of individual rights, liberal perspectives now endorse a politics of compromise with monopolistic power in all its forms, eroding egalitarian and secular citizenship rights. This transformation among liberals has rendered their ideas and ideals almost indistinguishable from the various forms, processes, institutions, and structures of capitalism, making true liberalism increasingly invisible and irrelevant.

The rise of a new form of liberalism under neoliberalism, along with its social, economic, and cultural order, has normalised the market and naturalised its culture of consumerism. This shift has effectively undermined both the culture of consumption and the democratic choices available to consumers. Despite the failures of the neoliberal economic order, the processes of “McDonaldisation” have become the new normal, where capitalist mass production continues to decimate small producers and farmers worldwide. The corporatisation of agricultural production and consumption has led to widespread hunger and food insecurity in a world abundant with resources. Similarly, the rise of monopolistic supermarkets has eroded local markets and destroyed the direct relationship between consumers and producers.

Economic policymakers and their political allies continue to pursue and implement illiberal policies to uphold capitalism. Politically, the world is witnessing a forward march of an illiberal order marked by inter-imperialist wars, regional resource conflicts, and the rise of right-wing politics, spanning from the Lockean heartland of Europe to the capitalist core of the United States. Asia, Africa, and Latin America remain trapped in the oppressive grip of this illiberal world order, emanating from the capitalist and imperialist centers of Western Europe and the US.

The illiberal seductions of capitalism and imperialism can no longer hide behind the veneer of liberalism. The contradictions of liberalism—its role as a facade for capitalism in the name of individual freedom and neoliberal democracy—are becoming increasingly unsustainable. Freedom is not a commodity to be bought and sold in the capitalist market; it is both self-realisation and the collective fulfilment of everyday needs and aspirations. True freedom is neither divisible nor a descent into individualistic decadence. Capitalism forces us to forget that our individual freedoms are deeply interconnected and mutually dependent. Genuine freedom emerges from recognising and nurturing these interrelationships, rather than allowing capitalism to reduce them to isolated, market-driven commodity experiences.

‘Limited liberalism’, ‘Liberalism Ltd’,” or ‘selective freedom’ under capitalism is not true liberalism. Instead, it paves the way for the preservation of reactionary social, political, economic, and cultural orders. Therefore, the negotiating power of liberalism and its marginal utility for facilitating capitalist accumulation are rapidly diminishing. Basic civil liberties are increasingly threatened under the guise of protecting nationality and public safety. Political freedoms and citizenship rights are under serious attack, while economic freedoms are eroding with rising unemployment and the constant precarity of livelihoods.

Capitalism, by its very nature, is hostile to the liberal values that uphold life and livelihoods. Its survival relies on nurturing a compliant culture of orderly, passive objects—yet people are not objects; they live and thrive as individuals in communities. To sustain itself, capitalism domesticates individual freedom under the banners of culture, society, religion, and nationalism, reducing individuals to compliant participants in its illiberal system.

In such a situation, it is imperative to reclaim the liberal social order and rescue liberalism from both liberal and illiberal forms of capitalism. Only by doing so, working people can safeguard individual liberty and citizenship rights within a truly secular society. The struggles of the working class remain the only force capable of revitalising liberal values and breathing new life into liberalism. It is the working people who have the power to defeat the tyranny of capitalism’s illiberal and imperialist orders. History stands as a testament to the truth in the adage: Vox populi, vox Dei—the voice of the people is the voice of God. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Bhabani Shankar Nayak is a political commentator. 

Why Matt Gaetz Matters. Scott Ritter

November 17th, 2024 by Scott Ritter

President-elect Donald Trump has nominated Matt Gaetz to be the next Attorney General of the United States. Many Americans are appalled and offended by this choice. I find it one of the best nominations made by Trump. Let me tell you why. And please take note—it is personal.

Let’s get the easy part over with upfront.

On paper, Matt Gaetz isn’t qualified to be the Attorney General of the United States.

His résumé is paper thin.

And he operates under a dark cloud of controversy which, under normal circumstances, would be automatically disqualifying.

And I’ll add this—if Matt Gaetz is found criminally guilty of any of the things he has been alleged to have committed, then he is, in fact, automatically disqualified.

But herein lies the rub: he has not been found guilty of anything.

Read the full article on Scott Ritter Extra.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books!  

Featured image is from SRE

Two more United Nations committee resolutions.  Both concerning the conduct of Israel past and current.  While disease, hunger and death continue to stalk the Gaza Strip, and the West Bank remains under the thick thumb of occupation, deliberations in foreign fora continue to take place about how to address this hideous state of affairs.  While these international matters can often seem like insipid gestures marked by ineffectual chatter, they are increasingly bulking a file that is making Israel more isolated than ever.  And this is not an isolation of virtue or admiration.

On November 13, the Second Committee (Economic and Financial) of the UN approved two resolutions.  The first focused on requesting that Israel assume responsibility for prompt and adequate compensation to Lebanon and any associated countries, including Syria, affected by an oil slick on their shores arising from the destruction of storage tanks near the Lebanese Jiyah electric power plant.  The strike took place in July 2006 during Israel’s previous war against Hezbollah, resulting in, to quote the words of Lebanon’s then Environment Ministry director general Berge Hatjian, “a catastrophe of the highest order for a country as small as Lebanon”.  According to Lebanon’s UN representative, the damage arising from the oil spill had hampered the country’s efforts to pursue the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by 2030.

Israel’s representative gruffly rejected the premise of the resolution, which received 160 votes in its favour, citing the usual argument that it has been unfairly targeted.  Other current adversaries – here, the Houthis, who had been attacking ships in international waters – had been left unscrutinised by the committee.  The issue of environmental damage had been appropriated “as a political weapon against Israel”.

The second resolution, introduced by the Ugandan representative, was of particular interest to the Palestinians.  Entitled “Permanent sovereignty of the Palestinian people in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, and of the Arab population in the occupied Syrian Golan over their natural resources”, it expressed pointed concerns about Israel’s continued efforts to exercise, with brute force, control over the territories.  There was concern for “the exploitation by Israel, the occupying Power, of the natural resources of the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, and other Arab territories occupied by Israel since 1967”. Ditto the “extensive destruction by Israel […] of agricultural land and orchards in the Occupied Territory” and “widespread destruction” inflicted upon “vital infrastructure, including water pipelines, sewage networks and electricity networks” in those territories.

Concerns also abounded about unexploded ordnance, a situation that despoiled the environment while hampering reconstruction, and the “chronic energy shortage in the Gaza Strip and its detrimental impact on the operation of water and sanitation facilities”.  The Israeli settlements come in for special mention, given their “detrimental impact on Palestinian and other Arab natural resources, especially as a result of the confiscation of land and the forced diversion of water resources, including the destruction of orchards and crops and the seizure of the water wells by Israeli settlers, and the dire socioeconomic consequences in this regard”.

There are also stern remarks about needing to respect and preserve “the territory unity, contiguity and integrity of all Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem”, a situation increasingly compromised by the rampant, unchecked zealotry of thuggish Israeli settlers, emboldened by lawmakers and authorities.

The vote on this occasion – 158 in favour – was unusual for featuring a number of countries that would normally be more guarded in adding their names, notably in the context of Palestinian sovereignty. Their mantra is that backing an initiative openly favouring Palestinian self-determination over any specific subject would do little to advance the broader goals of the peace process in the absence of Israeli participation.

Australia, for instance, backed the resolution, despite opposition from the United States and Canada.  It marked the first time the country had favoured a “permanent sovereignty” resolution since being introduced in a resolution.  This was done despite disappointment by the Australian delegation that the resolution made no reference to other participants in the conflict such as Hezbollah.  A spokesperson for Australian Foreign Affairs Minister Penny Wong stated that the vote reflected international concerns about Israel’s “ongoing settlement activity, land dispossession, demolitions and settler violence against Palestinians”.  Such conduct undermined “stability and prospects for a two-state solution.”

As for Israel’s firmest sponsor in arms, inexplicable good will and dubious legal padding, the words “Palestinian” and “sovereignty” continued to grate.  The fiction of equality and parity between Israel and the Palestinians, a device long used to snuff out the independent aspirations of the latter, had to be maintained.

In remarks made by Nicholas Koval of the US Mission to the UN, it was clear that Washington was “disappointed that this body has again taken up this unbalanced resolution that is unfairly critical of Israel, demonstrating a clear and persistent institutional bias directed against one member state.”  The resolution, in its “one-sided” way, would not advance peace.  “Not when they ignore the facts on the ground.”

While Koval is not wrong that the claimed facts in these resolutions are often matters of conceit, illusion and even omission, the events unfolding since October last year have shown, in their biblical ferocity, that the Palestinians are no longer merely subjects of derision by the Israeli state.  They are to be subjugated, preferably by some international authority that will guard against any future claims to autonomy.  Their vetted leaders are to be treated as amenable collaborators, happy to yield territory that Israel has no right to.

Eventually, it is hoped by the likes of National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir and Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich, that the Palestinian problem will vanish before forcible annexation, erasure and eviction.  At the very least, resolutions such as those passed on November 14 provide some record of resistance, however seemingly remote, against the historical amnesia that governs Israeli Palestinian relations.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]